You are on page 1of 56

2015

Gower Business
and Management Books

GOWER

www.gowerpublishing.com

Gower Business and Management 2015


Welcome,
In the first half of 2015 we have seen the publication of a number of exciting titles on both our Professional Practice and
Applied Research lists and some clear themes are emerging: culture, diversity, sustainability, women and business among them.
In the practitioner arena, the trend for books on ethical and authentic leadership continues apace and Reframing the Leadership
Landscape: Creating a Culture of Collaboration by Roger Hayes and Reginald Watts and The Tone from the Top by Ian Muir are
just two examples of how leaders must learn to navigate the new normal, they can be found on page 27.
We continue to expand our offerings on Business and Sustainability, particularly in the Applied Research programme and
largely through our three recently established series, which focus on promoting socially, environmentally and economically
aware organisations. We have six titles publishing in the Finance, Governance and Sustainability series, edited by Gler Aras,
in 2015/2016, two in the Integral Green Society and Economy series, edited by Ronnie Lessem and Alexander Schieffer and two
in the Women and Sustainability series, edited by Kiymet aliyurt.
Theres also a growing focus on Islamic business and our Islamic Business and Finance series, edited by Ishaq Bhatti, has
3 forthcoming titles, which draw on expertise from across the Islamic world.
Whatever your business need, Gower offers concrete solutions from thought leaders, both practitioner and academic, across
all disciplines.
And now that GpmFirst, our Project Management community of practice, is up and running you can find invaluable information
from our industry experts and instant access to over 120 Project Management books, find out more on page 38.
Kristina Abbotts, Senior Commissioning Editor

Do you have a book proposal?

Request a review copy

Details on how to submit a proposal can be found on


our website: www.gowerpublishing.com/authors

To request a review copy, email Sarah Findlay:


sfindlay@gowerpublishing.com stating
which publication the review will be for.

Alternatively you can email the commissioning editors.


Jonathan Norman, Publisher
jnorman@gowerpublishing.com
Kristina Abbotts, Senior Commissioning Editor
kabbotts@gowerpublishing.com

ebooks
The vast majority of Gower books are available as
ebooks, for both library and individual purchases. For a
comprehensive list of our ebook partners visit our website:
www.gowerpublishing.com/ebooks.

For journals published in North or South America,


email Eleazer Durfee: edurfee@ashgate.com

Exclusive Rewards for Subscribers


Email subscribers benefit from exclusive discounts,
promotions and free content. We will also tell you
about every new book published in your subject area.
To read a recent monthly newsletter and join our subscribers
please visit: www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

Cover illustration:

Keep in touch
www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing
www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing
www.gowerpublishingblog.com
Follow us on LinkedIn

Cutout paper men standing holding hands


Ron Chapple Studios | Thinkstock

page

page

25

page

page

39

33

Place an order
UK / Rest of World
orders@bookpoint.co.uk
+44 (0)1235 827730

North and South America


orders@ashgate.com
+1 800-535-9544

www.gowerpublishing.com

At the time of compilation, prices, publication dates and other details in this
brochure are correct to the best of our knowledge, but are subject to change.
Up-to-date information is available by searching for the book on our website.
Gower Publishing is committed to being an environmentally-friendly publisher.
All of our books and marketing materials are produced using sound
environmental practices and printed on sustainably sourced paper.

Contents
Business Economics

Business Strategy, Sustainability and Transformation

Design and Product Development

Entrepreneurship and Innovation

Finance, Trade and Financial Services

10

Fraud, Risk and Security

12

Government, Public and Third Sector


Heritage and Culture Administration

18
19

Human Resources Management and Strategy


Communication
Diversity and Culture in Business

20
23
24

Knowledge and Information Management

25

Leadership, Governance and CSR

27

Marketing and Branding

33

Pharmaceutical and Healthcare Management

36

Project Management
GPMFirst

38
38

Supply Chain, Procurement and Outsourcing

47

Training and Learning

49

Index

50

Contacts and Customer Service

Inside Back Cover

Ordering Information

Inside Back Cover

Series
Islamic Business and Finance

Integral Green Society and Economy

Transformation and Innovation

Women and Sustainable Business

Design for Social Responsibility

Short Guides to Business Risk

13

Psychological and Behavioural Aspects of Risk

17

Corporate Social Responsibility

30

Finance, Governance and Sustainability

31

The Practical Wisdom in Leadership and Organization

32

Fundamentals of Project Management

40

Advances in Project Management

41

Practical Building Conservation

46

Business Economics
www.gowerpublishing.com/businesseconomics
Indigenous People and
Economic Development

Competitiveness in the
Real Economy

An International Perspective

SERIES

Edited by Katia Iankova, Azizul Hassan


and Rachel LAbb

www.gowerpublishing.com/islamicbusiness

For at least the last two decades, patterns of increased


economic activity by indigenous peoples in many countries
have been viewed to be significantly on the rise. Indigenous
People and Economic Development reveals some of the
characteristics of this economic activity, coloured by the
unique regard and philosophy of life that indigenous people
around the world have. The successes, difficulties and
obstacles to economic development, their solutions and
innovative practices in business all of these elements,
based on research findings, are discussed in this book
and offer an inside view of the dynamics of the indigenous
societies which are evolving in a globalised and highly
interconnected contemporary world.

ISLAMIC BUSINESS
AND FINANCE

November 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

300 pages
978-1-4724-3485-2
978-1-4724-3486-9
978-1-4724-3487-6

70.00

$119.95

Series Editor: M. Ishaq Bhatti


The series will appeal to middle and senior management
in both western and Islamic business communities. For the
manager with a western background, the series will provide
detailed and up-to-date briefings on important topics; for
academics and postgraduates with both western and Islamic
backgrounds, the series will provide a guide to best practice
in business in Islamic communities around the world,
including Muslim minorities in the west.

Edited by Masudul Alam Choudhury

Industrial Poverty
Yesterday Sweden, Today Europe,
Tomorrow America
Sven R. Larson
Dr Larsons book title should send a chill up the spine of
policymakers all over the world. Industrial Poverty explains
how preservation of the welfare state and its culture of
dependence is setting the stage for the world to become
poorer for everyone. While there is still room to debate details,
Dr Larsons shot across the bow must be heeded to rebuild
policies that lead to growing prosperity.
Byron Schlomach, Director of Center for Economic Prosperity
at the Goldwater Institute, USA
Conventional wisdom says that Europes crisis is a financial
crisis. But is this really the case? In Industrial Poverty,
economist Sven R. Larson, challenges this view and suggests
instead that Europe is in a state of permanent economic
decline. Using Sweden in the 1990s as an example, he shows
how a welfare-state crisis combined with the wrong kind of
austerity policies replaces prosperity with industrial poverty.
Today, Europe is going through the same transition into
industrial poverty. Tomorrow, it could be the United States,
unless Congress and the President take decisive action
against the runaway budget deficit.
September 2014 216 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-3932-1
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-3933-8
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-3934-5

Rui Vinhas da Silva

Islamic Financial Economy


and Islamic Banking

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472434852

65.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472439321

$109.95

Masudul Choudhury is a leading scholar in Islamic


finance and banking. In this book, he demonstrates his deep
understanding of the ethical implications of Islam for these
activities. Aspects covered include philosophy, applied topics,
social welfare effects and policy issues, just to mention a few.
All who have an interest in this subject will profit from reading
this book.
Clement Tisdell, The University of Queensland and Fellow of
the Academy of Social Sciences in Australia
Islamic Financial Economy and Islamic Banking, is a thorough
work concerning the epistemological foundation of the
Islamic world-system.
The book presents an original contribution to the theme
of the generalized-system model of shariah. The model,
derived from the Quran and Sunnah (Prophetic guidance)
incorporates wide analytical coverage of the purpose and
objective of the Islamic worldview (maqasid as-shariah),
within the context of Islamic economics and finance in
particular.
The author covers issues that are at odds with the existing
understanding of Islamic economics and finance and assesses
the specific goals, which define the field, and how they relate
to one another in todays world of financial volatility. He
outlines a new heterodox approach to economic theory.
October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

200 pages
978-1-4724-3877-5
978-1-4724-3878-2
978-1-4724-3879-9

70.00

$124.95

God Conscious Organization


and the Islamic Social Economy
Edited by Masudul Alam Choudhury
By analysing the nature of inclusive organizations and
institutions, and the ethical preferences in Islamic choice
framework, the authors from Saudi Arabia, Australia,
Malaysia, Bangladesh, Canada, Indonesia and the UK,
can highlight individual aspects to show whether capitalist
organizational behaviour is sustainable. They describe
how The Tawhidi epistemological framework governing
conscious moral decision-making by institutions and
organization, are used to establish the meaning and potential
application of the concept of sustainability, and whether
organizational moral objectives achieve their goals of lifefulfilment development, Poverty alleviation and the equitable
distribution of wealth and resources.
200 pages
978-1-4724-2900-1 70.00
978-1-4724-2901-8
978-1-4724-2902-5

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472429001

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

In his new book Competitiveness in the Real Economy,


Rui Vinhas da Silva provides a rounded, multi-disciplinary
perspective linking national competitiveness, economics
and management. His emphasis is on value aggregation as
a key driver of national competitiveness across sectors in
the real economy. The author challenges other approaches
that underplay the role and responsibility of entrepreneurs
in aggregating value and stigmatize labour. He then
explores the links between productivity and national
competitiveness, acknowledging that the nature and
dynamics of contemporary global competition requires a
sharper focus on value aggregation. The role of exports and
the attraction of foreign direct investment inflows in building
national GDP are examined, as well as the notion that culture,
being cosmopolitan and understanding aspirational and
discriminatory consumers with high disposable income are
key drivers of success in the global economy. The author
highlights the limitations of current economics in responding
to contemporary challenges, and acknowledges that the
complexity of economic development problems comes from
diversity and the heterogeneity of global actors. The book
concludes by addressing the implications of these issues in
terms of how the management skills needed for competitive
advantage might be best developed.
Joseph F. Hair, Jr, Founder & Senior Scholar, DBA Program,
Kennesaw State University USA
December 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

$119.95

410 pages
978-1-4094-6122-7 80.00
978-1-4094-6123-4
978-1-4094-6124-1

$144.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409461227

Rediscovering Sustainability
Economics of the Finite Earth
A.R.G. Heesterman and W.H. Heesterman
The strength of this book is not in offering new data
on climate changes or environmental impacts of energy
consumption. Its main contribution is bridging in an original
way the gap between environmental science data and
economic strategies and systems for a sustainable world.
Rediscovering Sustainability is compulsory reading for those
teaching, studying, analysing, or otherwise involved in the
nexus between science and policy of the sustainability debate.

January 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472438775

October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Value Aggregation, Economics and


Management in the Provision of Goods
and Services

Latin American Journal of Management


for Sustainable Development
338 pages
978-1-4094-4456-5
978-1-4094-4457-2
978-1-4094-7336-7

75.00 $129.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409444565

See Also
Integral Economics
page 4
Integral Green Zimbabwe
page 3
Time Series Analysis and Adjustment
page 10
Why Customers Would Rather Have a
Smartphone than a Car
page 33

GOWER

Business Strategy, Sustainability and Transformation


www.gowerpublishing.com/corporatestrategy
Strategy Journeys

SERIES
www.gowerpublishing.com/integralgreen

INTEGRAL GREEN
SOCIETY AND ECONOMY
Series Editors: Ronnie Lessem and Alexander Schieffer
There is a profusion of book titles with green and indeed
with integral credentials, including those focused on
sustainable development. Commendable as such works
are they tend to be lacking in one or other of three
major respects. Firstly, these authors tend to focus most
specifically on the environmental and ecological, if not also
technological, aspects of green and in that respect are not
altogether integral. By integral, as such, Ronnie Lessem
and Alexander Schieffer encompass not only nature and
community, but also culture and spirituality, science and
technology, politics and economics as an integral whole.
Secondly, and equally notably, the few such integral books
that have appeared, often either American or European,
tend to be culture-free. In other words, they are written
from a perspective whereby the ideas advanced could apply
anywhere in the world, whereas Lessem and Schieffers
integral societal green economic approach is distinctive in
that it takes account of the particularity of a society, or indeed
region, of the world, whereby one complements the other.
Thirdly, the notion of integral, while increasingly being
adopted today, is generally associated with the work of Ken
Wilber (for example Wilber, K. (2008), Integral Spirituality,
and is not necessarily associated with the environmental
movement, in its broadest sense. The editors acknowledge
the integral work of Wilber, but do not restrict themselves
to such. Their integral orientation draws on the whole of
the world south, east, north and west rather than merely
on America, or for that matter India or Germany.
Finally, many books or authors with green credentials
may be outstanding authorities in their own right, backed
by important constituencies (for example Hawken, P. et al.
(2010), Natural Capitalism, who is a co-founder of Rocky
Mountain Institute in Colorado, USA), but they will primarily
represent their constituency. While the two editors of the
series are co-founders of Trans4m, based in Geneva, the
rationale behind the proposed books in the series is that
each of the edited readings represent constituencies in
themselves, albeit ones that are all linked within an overall
integral green ethos.

An African Phoenix Rising


Edited by Liz Mamukwa, Ronnie Lessem
and Alexander Schieffer
Integral Green Zimbabwe features a diverse community of
writers united by a shared concern with fostering multi-level
approaches to development and imagining possibilities for
a better future. Drawing upon a wide range of community
experiences and personal stories, it avoids didactics, exhibits
hope, and is underpinned by the principles of care and
commitment. Integral Green Zimbabwe is an important
locally-based and innovative contribution to a growing
body of literature disenchanted by the shortcomings of
grand theories of development.
Daniel A. Yon, York University, Canada
Integral Green Zimbabwe: An African Phoenix Rising marks
the debut of the Integral Green Society and Economy series,
which links the philosophical integral age with the practical
green movement. The series blends elements of nature and
community, culture and spirituality, science and technology,
politics and economics while this particular volume
focuses specifically on Zimbabwe, as well as Southern
Africa, drawing on the particular issues and capacities
that this country and region represent.
306 pages
978-1-4724-3819-5
978-1-4724-3820-1
978-1-4724-3821-8

65.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472438195

Managing Religious Diversity


in the Workplace

David Booth

Examples from Around the World

Strategy Journeys draws on the authors experience of


helping organisations develop effective strategic plans
over the past 20 years, including all aspects from strategy
development to planning to implementation, and covering
both process and content. This has been informed by an
enthusiasm for continuing professional development and
broad learning, and reinforced by a commitment to client
feedback and reflective practice.
Organisations have never had greater need for a flexible,
resilient and engaging approach to strategic planning than
now. How do those leading an organisation know where to
start, what approach to take and how to go about the process
of strategic planning? This book will help, by demystifying
the concept and propounding a first principles approach
to developing a strategic plan within the context of the
individual organisation, and the flexibility to adapt the
process to focus on what really matters to the organisation.
October 2015
150 pages
Hardback
978-1-4094-6559-1 60.00
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-6560-7
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-6561-4
www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409465591

$104.95

$119.95

Edited by Stefan Grschl and Regine Bendl


Managing Religious Diversity in the Workplace presents
essays, conceptual papers, empirical studies and case
studies about how religious diversity and spirituality are
managed in the workplace. The different contributions
discuss policies and practices of firms addressing the
religious and spiritual beliefs of their employees, how implicit
and unmarked religious norms influence the managing
of religious issues in organizations, and what the benefits
of a religion diverse workforce are. The perspectives and
contributions include a wide range of disciplines by authors
from leading academic institutions around the world.
June 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

392 pages
978-1-4724-4106-5
978-1-4724-4107-2
978-1-4724-4108-9

80.00

$144.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472441065

Cyberconnecting
The Three Lenses of Diversity
Priya E. Abraham

Organizational Justice
during Strategic Change
The Employees Perspective
Marcos Komodromos and Daphne Halkias
Organizational leaders often struggle to establish and
sustain a trusting culture in times of constant changes in
the corporate fabric and unethical behaviour by corporate
leadership. The purpose of Organizational Justice during
Strategic Change is to examine how an organizational justice
framework can be used to explore employees perceptions
of trust, fairness, and the management of change during a
period of strategic change.
The authors research findings from the case study indicated
employees who experience trust and positive feelings
regarding their treatment within the organization are willing
to become involved in the change process and adopt positive
working relationships with their colleagues and managers.
September 2015 146 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-5328-0 65.00
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-5329-7
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-5330-3

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472453280

Integral Green Zimbabwe

November 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

A Guide to Effective Strategic Planning

Transculturalism and Business


in the BRIC States

Abrahams impressive book on diversity as process surveys


new forms of working and learning (co-creating, gamification)
in current and future organisation development (Big Data
and the Internet of Everything). Abraham teaches us to
leverage diversity and interactions across boundaries to build
meaningful connections for success in a cyberconnected
business world. She holistically highlights business
and digital anthropology in organisational change and
development.
Philipp Amann, Transnational Threats Department,
Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe
Cyberconnecting: The Three Lenses of Diversity by Dr
Priya E. Abraham explains how to establish connections
across technological, cultural, and social boundaries,
mirrored in organisations succeeding in todays hybrid
business world. Abraham shows how seemingly opposing
domains (technology, business anthropology and diversity)
best leverage interactions for the benefit of organisation
development, using findings from practitioner-focused
research. The book presents a much-needed strategic
framework required for cyberconnecting: The Three
Lenses of Diversity, designed to organise thinking in the
navigation of technological, cultural, and social boundaries.
March 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

300 pages
978-1-4094-3446-7
978-1-4094-3447-4
978-1-4724-0362-9

70.00

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409434467

A Handbook
Edited by Yvette Snchez and
Claudia Franziska Brhwiler
A valuable source and resource for all interested in the BRICS.
Academics, students, journalists, managers and politicians
can all profit from this extensive volume. It tackles theoretical
and conceptual problems regarding not only the historical use
of the term BRICS, but also how the transcultural encounter
or cross cultural relations have been interpreted and dealt
with by different academic fields in the member countries.
In this reader the complexity of culture appears in full force!

Livia Barbosa, Pontifical Catholic


University of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

Transculturalism and Business in the BRIC States, edited


by Yvette Snchez and Claudia Franziska Brhwiler, is the
first handbook on the BRIC States that offers a transcultural
perspective, which goes beyond the typical how to manuals
or economic projections and provides an understanding
of transculturalism as it is studied and practised in the
respective countries themselves. This unique reference
book also offers insights into the relations between the
corresponding states and the challenges facing those trying
to foster more intense business exchanges.
August 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

300 pages
978-1-4724-4401-1
978-1-4724-4402-8
978-1-4724-4403-5

70.00 $124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472444011

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

Business Strategy, Sustainability and Transformation

SERIES

www.gowerpublishing.com/tandi

An Indian Approach to Human Values


in Management

TRANSFORMATION AND INNOVATION

G.P. Rao

Series Editors: Ronnie Lessem and Alexander Schieffer


Business as usual no longer works. The time has come to fundamentally rethink enterprise, economics and development.
The Gower Transformation and Innovation series, with contributions by leading thinkers-and-doers from diverse cultures
across the globe, combines theory and practice, informing both decision makers and scholars. It provides cutting-edge, viable
approaches to the unprecedented challenges faced by business leaders, management consultants, economic policy makers
and development agents.
The pioneering Integral Worlds approach, developed by Lessem and Schieffer, provides a unique and coherent orientation to
the wide-ranging volumes in the series. This approach combines individual, organizational and socio-economic development.
Drawing on the particularities of each and every culture, it enhances local identity while contributing to global integrity. It
activates the potential for a holistic realignment of enterprise and economics.

Integral Advantage
Revisiting Emerging Markets and Societies
Ronnie Lessem
Around the world, the failure of a society to develop is not
due to its economic limitations, in isolation, but to the failure
of nature and culture, technology and economy, to co-evolve
in unison says Ronnie Lessem. Drawing on the approach
he has developed towards the release of a societys genius
he demonstrates how the pursuit of integral advantage may
actually arise.
January 2016
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

320 pages
978-1-4724-7186-4 75.00
978-1-4724-7187-1
978-1-4724-7188-8

$129.95

An African Perspective on Human Niches


and Diversity of Thought
Rica Viljoen
Never in all my reading endeavours have I met a piece that
integrates the human and corporate soul to this extent. It
invites inclusivity, creates insight and intrigues the leadership
mind in all individuals. The information, interventions and
intent shared took me on an inherent spiral journey. The
concepts are powerfully interwoven and form an integral part
in all corporate transformation processes. The book succeeds
in creating insight into the personality, culture, colour,
intelligence and ability of man and the corporate brain.

Case studies from Ghana, South Africa, Australia, Peru


and Tanzania. A synthesis of Inclusivity is presented in a
model, meta-insights are derived and the prerequisites for
Inclusivity on individual, group and organizational domains
are illustrated.

A Relational and Renewal Perspective


Ronnie Lessem and Alexander Schieffer
This book continues the integral story to show how to close
the gaps between scientific research method/process and
social science content/substance. Because transformative
masters and PhD programs are focused on the Global
South, where the vast majority of the worlds population is
based, most people with whom the authors deal select the
relational research path, and the path of renewal, over and
above the paths of reason and realization.

January 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

June 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Realising the Transformative Potential of


Individuals, Organisations and Societies

484 pages
978-1-4724-5435-5
978-1-4724-5436-2
978-1-4724-5437-9

80.00

$139.95

360 pages
978-1-4724-2299-6
978-1-4724-2300-9
978-1-4724-2301-6

70.00

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472422996

Integrating Nature, Culture, Society


and Economy
Ronnie Lessem with Ibrahim Abouleish, Marko Poganik
and Louis Herman
The examples of integral polity are very inspiring by
starting development from the local context as opposed to
the prevailing top-down method. Trans4m gives a valuable
orientation to our coming integral age and we all have to ask
ourselves where we stand in order to proactively shape our
future in a purposeful and sustainable way.
Helmy Abouleish, Managing Director of Sekem Group
Using case studies ranging across the globe this review of
a newly integral theory and practice provides a new lease
on life to what may increasingly be perceived as the selfseeking, insulated and occasionally violent and corrupt
realm of the political.
70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472442475

Integral Development

$119.95

A tour de force in relation to the notion of social innovation,


the authors take us through an energizing new understanding
of development. The task is irresistible. The review is
far-reaching. The proposals are inspirational. A must-read.

Pilar Alvarez-Laso, Assistant Director-General for Social


and Human Sciences, UNESCO, France

May 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

592 pages
978-1-4094-2353-9
978-1-4094-2354-6
978-1-4094-6040-4

80.00

$144.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409448846

Ronnie Lessem, Alexander Schieffer, Junie T. Tong


and Samuel D. Rima
March 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

644 pages
978-1-4094-5103-7 85.00
978-1-4094-5104-4
978-1-4094-7135-6

$149.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409451037

Islam and Sustainable


Development
New Worldviews
Odeh Rashed Al-Jayyousi
July 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

216 pages
978-1-4094-2901-2
978-1-4094-2902-9
978-1-4094-5649-0

74.00

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409429012

Integral Economics
Releasing the Economic Genius
of Your Society
November 2010
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

412 pages
978-0-566-09247-3
978-0-566-09248-0
978-1-4094-5979-8

75.00

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566092473

Integral Research and Innovation


Transforming Enterprise and Society
Ronnie Lessem and Alexander Schieffer
April 2010
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

440 pages
978-0-566-08918-3
978-0-566-08919-0
978-1-4094-5948-4

75.00

$129.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566089183

Transformation Management

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409423539

Towards the Integral Enterprise

An Integral Approach to
Development Economics

Ronnie Lessem and Alexander Schieffer


October 2009
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Islamic Finance in an African Context


Basheer A. Oshodi

February 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Samuel D. Rima, Author of Spiritual Capital:


A Moral Core for Social and Economic Justice
282 pages
978-1-4724-1125-9
978-1-4724-1126-6
978-1-4724-1127-3

65.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472411259

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

370 pages
978-0-566-08896-4
978-1-4094-0342-5
978-1-4094-6010-7

70.00

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088964

Drawing on his African cultural heritage, and utilizing an


integral approach to research, Dr Oshodi argues for the
injection of a much needed moral core to guide economic
development, advancing a growing movement toward a more
integral, holistic and efficacious practice of economics that
has the potential to bring sustainable societal transformation
to Africa and beyond.

$119.95

Alexander Schieffer and Ronnie Lessem

Integral Polity

376 pages
978-1-4724-4247-5
978-1-4724-4248-2
978-1-4724-4249-9

286 pages
978-1-4094-4884-6 70.00
978-1-4094-4885-3
978-1-4094-7356-5

Ronnie Lessem and Alexander Schieffer

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472454355

January 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

January 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Political Economy, Cultural Dynamics


and the Future of the University

Leon Lategan, Principal Consultant,


Tsumkwe Consultancy, South Africa

Integral Renewal

Experience suggests, not surprisingly, that organizations


that can achieve the optimal balance between results
and relations achieve higher employee commitment and
productivity and increased accommodative spirit that better
equips them to deal with difficult times.

Integral Dynamics

Inclusive Organizational
Transformation

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472471864

Remaking Ourselves, Enterprise


and Society

$109.95

Not available from Gower in India

6-Volume Set
December 2014 440 pages
Hardback Set
978-1-4724-3475-3 250.00 $475.00
www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472434753

Special Package Offer 250


The editors conceive these 6 titles as the ultimate
starter pack for enterprise transformation and
social innovation: Integral Research and Innovation;
Transformation Management; Integral Economics;
Integral Community; Integral Development and
Integral Dynamics.

GOWER

Business Strategy, Sustainability and Transformation

SERIES

The Seven Inconvenient Truths


of Business Strategy
Paul Hunter

www.gowerpublishing.com/wandsb

WOMEN AND
SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
Series Editor: Kiymet aliyurt

The concept of sustainability hinges on perfecting the


balance between society, economy and the environment
and this issue is firmly and squarely on the corporate
agenda. After many financial crises, corruption scandals,
natural disasters and developments in e-trade, companies
understand that being sustainable and well-governed are
more important factors in the competitive market than simply
turning a profit and maximizing shareholder value.
Stakeholders, particularly shareholders, have started to
review a companys sustainability much more closely, thus,
companies know that they have to put this issue high on their
list of priorities and become increasingly transparent about
their strategies in regard to environmental, gender, social and
ethical issues. In order to be funded by these green investors
or socially responsible stakeholders, organisations must
produce non-financial statements, such as sustainability
reports or social responsibility reports, to support their
engagement with this agenda.

Sammy Kumar, Executive Board Member and Managing


Partner, Enterprise and Strategy & Transformation PwC,
Australia

With books covering topics such as social and


environmental sustainability and womens issues, women
and entrepreneurship and women and public policy, the
series will undoubtedly fill a gap in the existing literature
surrounding women in business and appeal to a broad
range of readers, including academicians, corporate board
members, CSR and sustainability directors, representatives
of female NGOs and policy regulators.

Women and Sustainability


in Business
A Global Perspective
Edited by Kiymet aliyurt
Today, sustainable companies cannot survive without
strategies involving women.
Stakeholders, regulators, NGOs and rating agencies
track both women-focused strategies and the corporate
sustainability reports of companies. Well-designed strategies
for women workers help companies to develop their financial
and social sustainability initiatives progressively.
Women and Sustainability in Business: A Global Perspective
analyses the practice of women in sustainable business, in
terms of company performance, social responsibility, board
management, entrepreneurship, employment, education,
management, social sustainability, environmental politics
and technology from a wide range of diverse, regional
perspectives, and highlights the differences between the
underdeveloped, developing and developed world.
October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

294 pages
978-1-4724-4891-0
978-1-4724-4892-7
978-1-4724-4893-4

70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472448910

$119.95

The Seven Inconvenient Truths of Business Strategy is an


antidote to a process of strategic planning that in many
organizations is often sporadic, biased, poorly articulated
and rarely implemented with total success. Drawing
on a fundamental collection of definitive principles, the
author offers a structure for strategizing; an indicator and
explanation of strategic tools, and insights into collaborative
techniques for carrying out the process successfully:
formation, evaluation, alignment and implementation. It
will help you ensure that your strategic process is always
professional, relevant and timely.
A case study, based on the story of Cadbury, is woven
through the chapters to provide a vibrant illustration of
the value and application of the various techniques and
processes described.
November 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

230 pages
978-1-4724-1247-8
978-1-4724-1248-5
978-1-4724-1249-2

70.00

$119.95

Corporate Strategy in the


Age of Responsibility
Peter McManners
This book is a valuable addition to the growing field of
strategic management which seeks to integrate a concern
with the bottom-line with a reconceptualised model of
the role of the corporation in 21st-century capitalism. It is
a remarkable contribution, given its sensitivity to looming
problems of resource scarcity and the gathering momentum
behind the sustainable revolution. It is a must-read for
practitioners and theorists alike.
Gordon L. Clark, University of Oxford, UK
and Monash University, Australia

During the boom times, governments championed


de-regulation and business responded by adopting an
anything-goes attitude. In these straitened times, strategic
analysis has to engage with the challenges that society
faces to create resilient corporations fit for the 21st century.
In Corporate Strategy in the Age of Responsibility, Peter
McManners provides a strategic framework for navigating
the new economic environment.
The book steers senior business leaders towards radically
new strategic thinking for surviving and thriving in a
challenging and changing environment.
September 2014 200 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-2360-3 65.00
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-2361-0
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-2362-7
www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472423603

Paul de Ruijter
An organization which is not ready for change in these
turbulent economic and social times runs the risk of losing its
right to exist. This book is just what we need. It is an extremely
practical, tried and tested book for any organization wishing to
determine its future course and destination.
Captain Kees Turnhout, project secretary of the
interdepartmental project Future Policy Survey. A new
foundation for the Netherlands Armed Forces
If you are dissatisfied with an approach to strategy based
on simple backward looking analysis, management controls
and problems solving after the fact, but would like to make
a positive contribution to thinking about the future, Scenario
Based Strategy offers the instruments to turn your intention
into practice. The text provides examples from commercial
to government and trade organizations; showing how others
have undertaken future explorations and how they used
these explorations to create a dynamic strategy.
June 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

198 pages
978-1-4724-3717-4
978-1-4724-3718-1
978-1-4724-3719-8

35.00

$59.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472437174

See Also
A Field Guide for Organisation Development
page 21

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472412478

Scenario Based Strategy


Navigate the Future

Having had many roles in and around strategy execution


for many clients, as well as the reality of leading strategy
development for our own organisation, I can attest to the
shortcomings as described in Pauls book. His very useful
advice for how to make the process far more effective,
including tackling dominant logic and traditional thinking,
will be hugely valuable to anyone involved in the creation of
strategy, which in todays world, is most people.

The series Women and Sustainable Business, edited by


Kiymet aliyurt, researches the issues surrounding women
and sustainability in business.

BESTSELLER

A Short Guide to Climate Change Risk


page 13
Building Anti-Fragile Organisations
page 14
Corporate Community Involvement
page 30
Digital Enterprise Transformation
page 8
God Conscious Organization and the Islamic
Social Economy
page 2
Management Practice and Creative
Destruction
page 25

$119.95

Plan for the Planet


page 18
Reframing the Leadership Landscape
page 27
Sustainable Markets for Sustainable
Business
page 31
The Strategic Alliance Handbook
page 46
Strategy Journeys
page 2
The Value Trail
page 27

Get exclusive rewards at www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

Design and Product Development


www.gowerpublishing.com/design
Design Attitude

Open Design and Innovation

Design Leadership

Kamil Michlewski

Facilitating Creativity in Everyone

Securing the Strategic Value of Design

Leon Cruickshank

Raymond Turner

Cruickshank provides us with unique and fascinating


insights into the rapidly expanding field of open design and
innovation, describing its origins and underlying theories
alongside contemporary applications that do facilitate
creativity in everyone.

One of the most refreshing aspects of Turners writing


is its clear roots in his years of experience as a design leader
in both consultancy and client environments. Turner
uses conversational patterns in his argument rather than
heavy-handed and gimmicky summary checklists to make
this happen. The result is both an engaging read and a
reference that earns its position on the bookshelf of any
leader looking to navigate the tricky landscapes we face
in the vision and practice of design.

Kamil Michlewski has for the first time given us an accessible,


well-evidenced insight into the Designer and their contribution
to organisations and society. Offering us the essence of what it
is to be a designer and how these essential attitudes enhance
economies, society and the environment.
Rachel Cooper OBE, Director of Imagination Lancaster,
University of Lancaster, UK
Design Attitude makes the compelling argument that any
firm in any profession in any land will be better equipped
for the 21st century world of business if they introduce into
their organizations the attitudes, behaviours, skills, and
mindset in sum, the culture of the design profession.
Kamil Michlewski describes the rise of the design profession
and its impact on organizational cultures; at the heart of the
book, however, are the five design profession behaviours that
offer a blueprint for transforming the traditional company
into an innovative, daring, and growing organization.
March 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

262 pages
978-1-4724-2118-0
978-1-4724-2119-7
978-1-4724-2120-3

40.00 $74.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472421180

Design Pedagogy
Developments in Art and Design Education
Edited by Mike Tovey
This is an excellent and timely contribution to the
development of our understanding of design teaching.
As leader of the Design Research Societys Design Pedagogy
special interest group, Mike Tovey has brought together
several of its leading members to crystallize thinking in the
field. Research in design pedagogy is flourishing and this
book provides a significant contribution to the debate.

Rachel Cooper, University of Lancaster, UK


Open innovation, pro-sumers, disruptive design and brand
fanaticism are amongst a handful of new approaches to
design and innovation that have generated discussion and
media coverage in recent years. In practice, these ideas
often excite more than providing pragmatic strategies.
Open Design and Innovation develops the argument for
a more nuanced acknowledgement and facilitation of
non-professional forms of creativity; drawing on lessons
from commercial design practice; theoretical analysis
and a wider understanding of innovation.
The book offers a critique of the hype surrounding some
of the emerging phenomena and a framework to help
understand the emerging relationship between citizens
and designers.
Specifically it examines: innovation and design, mass
creativity reality and myth, the future of design (practice
and profession), through a series of case studies of new
approaches to open design practices. The text draws on
academic research, practical experience of the author in
delivering open design projects and first hand interviews
with leaders in the fields.
October 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409448549

Tracy Bhamra, Dean of Loughborough Design School,


Loughborough University, UK
Design Pedagogy explains why it is vital that design
students education helps them construct a passport to
enter the professional sphere. This collection explores how
design education is, in itself, a passport to practice and
showcases how some of the key developments in education
use techniques related to collaboration, case studies and
experience to motivate students, enable them to express
their identity, reflect and learn.
February 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

290 pages
978-1-4724-1598-1
978-1-4724-1599-8
978-1-4724-1600-1

70.00

190 pages
978-1-4094-4854-9 65.00
978-1-4094-4855-6
978-1-4094-7475-3

$119.95

Design Management Institute: Review


May 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

256 pages
978-1-4094-6323-8 60.00
978-1-4094-6324-5
978-1-4094-6325-2

$104.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409463238

Branding and Product Design


An Integrated Perspective
Monika Hestad
Branding and design are moving closer together. Despite
the strong link between famous brands and the products
sold under their name, there is still a gap in understanding
the relationship between product design and brand-building
Monika Hestad plugs that gap.
Branding and Product Design examines how winning
brands appear to be more creative and authentic than less
successful ones. The book provides tools to help understand
the role of products in building a brand and guidelines
for how to bring branding and product design processes
together. There are case studies based on the authors
research, her years of teaching, and her own practice.
Interviews delivering an insider perspective on major
brands bring abstract concepts to life.
This is a book for design practitioners, marketers and others
working with designers and for those teaching and studying
at the intersection between design and branding.
March 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

184 pages
978-1-4094-4626-2
978-1-4094-4627-9
978-1-4094-6437-2

45.00 $79.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409446262

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472415981

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Design and Product Development

SERIES

ALSO OF INTEREST

www.gowerpublishing.com/designresponsibility

Gordon Rowland Fraser

DESIGN FOR SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY


Series Editor: Rachel Cooper
Social responsibility, in various disguises, has been a recurring theme in design for many years. Since the 1960s several more
or less commercial approaches have evolved. In the 1970s designers were encouraged to abandon design for profit in favour
of a more compassionate approach inspired by Papanek.
Design decisions all have environmental, social and ethical impacts, so there is a pressing need to provide guidelines for
designers and design students within an overarching framework that takes a holistic approach to socially responsible design.
This edited series of guides is aimed at students of design, product development, architecture and marketing, and design
and management professionals working in the sectors covered by each title. Each volume includes:
The background and history of the topic, its significance in social and commercial contexts and trends in the field.
Exemplar design case studies.
Guidelines for the designer and advice on tools, techniques and resources available.

Design for Transport

BESTSELLER

Design for Policy

A User-Centred Approach to Vehicle


Design and Travel

Edited by Christian Bason

Edited by Mike Tovey

Design for Policy is a valuable and fresh insight into


policymaking. It underscores the urgent need to bring design
to the very heart of modern public policy. Through highly
pertinent and illuminating examples from a variety of fields,
this book shows that it is possible to transform the policy
making process and make it much more innovative. I hope
that policymakers across Europe will read it, so that they
can become policy designers and we can shape together
the future we aspire to.
Maire Geoghegan-Quinn, European Commissioner,
Research, Innovation & Science
Design for Policy charts, for the first time, the emergence
of collaborative design approaches to innovation in public
policy. It is a rich resource for policy makers, public
managers, the academic community and advisers to
government.
The book is structured in three main sections, covering the
global context of the rise of design for policy, in-depth case
studies of the application of design to policy making, and
a guide to concrete design tools for policy intent, insight,
ideation and implementation. The summary chapter lays out
a future agenda for design in government, suggesting how
to position design more firmly on the public policy stage.
December 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

270 pages
978-1-4724-1352-9
978-1-4724-1353-6
978-1-4724-1354-3

Landscape Professional Practice

70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472413529

$119.95

Design for Transport shows how designers can take a usercentred and socially responsible approach to tackling a range
of types of transport, from systems to products and from
bicycles to automobiles. The approaches they employ and
the methods they use in producing a rich array of solutions
are demonstrated through case studies. This is timely and
relevant as we face unprecedented economic and climate
change issues, which call for radically new approaches from
transport designers. This book is essential reading for anyone
interested in the future of transport design.
Seymour Roworth-Stokes, Pro Vice-Chancellor Research
and Development, University for the Creative Arts, and Chair,
Design Research Society
December 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

406 pages
978-1-4094-3325-5
978-1-4094-3326-2
978-1-4094-8460-8

89.00

$154.95

Anna Meroni and Daniela Sangiorg

280 pages
978-1-4724-4121-8
978-1-4724-4122-5
978-1-4724-4123-2

65.00 $109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472441218

POPULAR BACKLIST
Design Education
Learning, Teaching and Researching
Through Design
Philippa Lyon
December 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

226 pages
978-0-566-09245-9
978-0-566-09246-6
978-1-4094-5978-1

70.00 $124.95

The FORTH Innovation Method


70.00

$119.95

A Practical Approach

40.00 $79.95

How to Run a Successful


Design Business

Tracy Bhamra and Vicky Lofthouse

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087042

292 pages
978-1-4094-1754-5
978-1-4094-1755-2
978-1-4094-5905-7

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409417545

Design for Sustainability


202 pages
978-0-566-08704-2 74.00
978-0-7546-8775-7
978-1-4094-5813-5

Gijs van Wulfen


April 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566089206

December 2007
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

February 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Creating Innovative Products


and Services

Design for Services


298 pages
978-0-566-08920-6
978-0-566-08921-3
978-1-4094-5916-3

Chris Sheridan, Landscape Institute, UK


Guided by the Landscape Institutes 2013 Pathway to
Chartership syllabus, this structured, step-by-step,
narrative guide sets out the documentation commonly used
within the landscape profession. As an understanding of
professional practice is intrinsic to all Landscape Institute
accredited courses, this is an essential text for every
landscape architecture student during their education and
their subsequent journey into professional practice. Those
undertaking Garden Design Diplomas will similarly find the
book invaluable as they venture into the world of creativity
and commerce, while the seasoned practitioner will find it a
comprehensive point of reference to add to their bookshelf.

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566092459

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409433255

August 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

It is unique to find a book that offers such a wide range of


professional and business performance topics, and relate them
to a particular profession. Gordon, with his unique professional
background, has achieved this with Landscape Professional
Practice. The aims of chapters are clearly presented, and
the breadth of experience is impressive, covering business
management concepts, professional ethics, negligence,
and a range of other subjects of importance to landscape
professionals. I hope many professionals will benefit from
the knowledge and experience this publication has to offer.

$134.95

The New Professional Practice


Edited by Shan Preddy
March 2011
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

456 pages
978-0-566-09189-6 35.00
978-1-4094-1763-7
978-1-4094-6064-0

$69.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566091896

Longer Lasting Products


Alternatives To The Throwaway Society
Edited by Tim Cooper
October 2010
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

460 pages
978-0-566-08808-7
978-1-4094-1043-0
978-1-4094-5887-6

80.00 $144.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088087

The New Guide to Identity


How to Create and Sustain Change
Through Managing Identity
Wolff Olins
February 1996
Paperback

112 pages
978-0-566-07737-1 29.95

$59.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566077371

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

Entrepreneurship and Innovation


www.gowerpublishing.com/entrepreneurship
Building Sustainable
Competitive Advantage

Multipreneurship
Diversification in Times of Crisis

Technology, Business
and the Market

Through Executive Enterprise Leadership

Nicholas Harkiolakis

From R&D to Desirable Products

Dhirendra Kumar
Dhirendra Kumar has produced a new must-read addition to
the canon of enterprise excellence literature. As a recognized
expert in the field, he has outlined a holistic approach for
leading an enterprise to total excellence under executive
leadership. This book is essential reading for leaders
interested in learning about meaningful and programmatic
change towards a culture of excellence.
Lukasz Mazur, University of North Carolina
Chapel Hill, USA

Enterprise risk must be identified, assessed and prioritized;


developing a growth strategy proposal which leadership has
to execute in order to achieve goals. As business leaders
spearhead the efforts, they must minimize, monitor and
control the probability and/or impact of unfortunate events
and maximize the realization of opportunities. Building
Sustainable Competitive Advantage shows how to use the
Enterprise Excellence (EE) philosophy a holistic approach
for leading an enterprise to total excellence. It does this by
focussing on achieving sustainable significant growth in
revenue and profitability, reducing the business cycle time,
strategically managing the enterprise risk and focusing on
the needs of the customer.
November 2015 234 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-7031-7 70.00
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-7032-4
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-7033-1
www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472470317

$119.95

Digital Enterprise Transformation


A Business-Driven Approach to
Leveraging Innovative IT
Edited by Axel Uhl and Lars Alexander Gollenia
A solid reference for everyone involved in digital
transformation, the book is ideal for C-suite executives,
managers, consultants and academics, and the 300+
pages unfold the value of new technology and how Digital
Enterprises do business with these technologies. The rich and
insightful pages also present readers with a stream of new
business opportunities that are based on digital technology.
It has been difficult to do justice to such a comprehensive
book on Digital Enterprise Transformation, but I hope this post
has whet your appetite enough to acquire a copy of the book.
Rob Llewellyn, programme director and trusted advisor to
transformation executives
In order to embrace recent challenges and changes in the
governance of IT strategies, SAP and its think tank the
Business Transformation Academy (BTA) have jointly
developed the Digital Capability Framework (DCF). Digital
Enterprise Transformation: A Business-Driven Approach to
Leveraging Innovative IT by Axel Uhl and Lars Alexander
Gollenia outlines this framework which supports companies
in analyzing their business potential generated by systematic
usage of innovative technologies. The book presents how
companies such as Samsung, IBM, Disney and Google
take advantage of innovative IT and how they develop their
digital capabilities.
314 pages
978-1-4724-4854-5
978-1-4724-4855-2
978-1-4724-4856-9

65.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472448545

Sam Abadir, INSEAD, France


In Multipreneurship, Nick Harkiolakis argues against the
more commonly held view that diversification at the level
of the individual entrepreneur, rather than that of the
established corporation, is the wrong business strategy to
pursue in times of economic crisis. The book illuminates the
multipreneurship or parallel diversification perspective
by presenting cases from around the world to highlight the
success factors attending diversification and the personal
and professional entrepreneurial attributes that lead to
successful and sustainable ventures. In so doing, Harkiolakis
provides a framework for diversification as a means of
achieving sustainable development.
November 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

218 pages
978-1-4724-1103-7
978-1-4724-1104-4
978-1-4724-1105-1

65.00 $109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472411037

$119.95

Edited by Axel Uhl and Lars Alexander Gollenia


This case book indeed provides illustrative studies of many
different facets of real-life transformation programs. The
industry-specific aspects are especially enlightening and
enable strategic decision makers as well as managers to
gain knowledge from well-documented initiatives.
Hans-Peter Wolf, Member of the Board,
Allianz Beratungs- und Vertriebs-AG

September 2013 280 pages


Hardback
978-1-4724-2698-7
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-2699-4
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-2700-7

65.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472426987

Business Transformation
Management Methodology
Edited by Axel Uhl and Lars Alexander Gollenia
344 pages
978-1-4094-4980-5
978-1-4094-4981-2
978-1-4094-8398-4

65.00

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409449805

Professor Stephen Haseler, Director,


The Global Policy Institute

Technology, Business and the Market provides an


understanding of the connections between developing
technologies, research and development, industrial design
and the means by which these elements are managed
to produce desirable products. John Sheldrakes long
experience of teaching business and management to
engineers has highlighted a gap in the knowledge of
students and practitioners alike, between their grasp of
developments in science and technology and then how these
developments lead to the creation of successful products.
Using case studies examining the impact of new materials,
techniques and technologies, this book explores the linkages
between innovation, entrepreneurship, business (including
finance), design, manufacturing, branding and marketing.
112 pages
978-1-4094-5455-7 45.00
978-1-4094-5456-4
978-1-4724-0428-2

$89.95

The New Natural Resource


Knowledge Development, Society
and Economics
Hans Christian Garmann Johnsen
It is a commonplace that knowledge is a social
phenomenon. However, in this far-reaching and learning
treatise, Hans Christian Garmann Johnsen explores the
sociality of knowledge in a way that goes very substantially
beyond the sociology of knowledge. Johnsens exploration
takes him from Dilthey and Husserl to Hayek and Popper
to Argyris and Richard Florida. Many new and fertile ideas
are suggested when Johnsen wrestles with the thoughts
of intellectual giants, past and present.

Edited by Axel Uhl and Lars Alexander Gollenia


624 pages
978-1-4724-3031-1

115.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472430311

This is a book about the role of knowledge in social and


economic development. There is a need to address the
process of developing knowledge as a social process and
The New Natural Resource starts with the argument that
knowledge is inherently a social phenomenon. This allows
us to discuss the relation between individual opinions and
what is regarded as knowledge. It also allows us to see
how economic and political and democratic processes
are interrelated.
Acknowledging that we are more dependent on contesting
processes of knowledge development in society implies
that we should address how society as a whole is able to
legitimize what it regards as the right kind of knowledge.

2-Volume Set
October 2013
Hardback Set

Nicolai J. Foss, Copenhagen Business School, Norwegian


School of Economics and Warwick University

BESTSELLER

October 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Professor Sheldrake has produced a work that will be of great


value to anyone students and general readers alike who
seeks a rounded understanding of this growing subject. As
well as telling a well-sourced and exciting story, he, unusually
for contemporary analysts, places the great advances in
technology and business in an historical and philosophical
context. This is a must read for those who seek to understand
the role of technology and the market play in business
decisions, and indeed in the wider society.

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409454557

Case Studies and Articles

John S. Sheldrake

June 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Business Transformation
Essentials

BESTSELLER

November 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Nicholas Harkiolakiss most recent book, Multipreneurship,


provides a brilliant, unique and penetrating perspective on
how people should inspire the entrepreneurship dimension
hidden inside them. The examples given offer us a rich and
practical blend of successful entrepreneurs and are full of
insights that will provoke, delight and educate. This book
integrates non-traditional stakeholders into sustainable
business processes. I recommend this book.

$200.00

June 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

304 pages
978-1-4724-2343-6
978-1-4724-2344-3
978-1-4724-2345-0

75.00

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472423436

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Entrepreneurship and Innovation


Managing Innovation Adoption
From Innovation to Implementation
Majharul Talukder
This book is an important source of information for the people
who deal with the strategic implementation of technological
innovation. The book is rooted in strong theories and is
a practical guide to practitioners interested in effective
implementation of technological innovations at work.
Professor Lawrence Pratchett,
University of Canberra, Australia

When Innovation is considered one of the key drivers


of corporate success, why do organisations struggle to
implement it? Research suggests that innovations fail
due to a lack of acceptance by employees; therefore
an understanding of potential adopters and the factors
influencing their decisions is essential.
Despite much research on adoption of innovation by an
organization, very little is known about its acceptance
by individuals within it. Managing Innovation Adoption
addresses this by presenting a new theoretical framework.
The data collected proves that Dr Talukders enhanced
model, based on the theory of reasoned action (TRA), the
technology acceptance model (TAM) and other conceptual
frameworks, will assist a broader understanding of how
people adopt innovations.
April 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

226 pages
978-1-4724-1335-2
978-1-4724-1336-9
978-1-4724-1337-6

70.00 $124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472413352

Territorial Development and


Action Research
Innovation Through Dialogue
James Karlsen and Miren Larrea
The book bridges the gap between analytical theories of
territorial (regional) development and practical change and
development activity. This process presupposes that problem
owners participate and become vital in the knowledge
generating process. Action research is proposed as the
research strategy that facilitates this inside out knowledge
generation process.

Professor Morten Levin, The Norwegian University


of Science and Technology, Norway

Based on their own experience of territorial development


processes from the inside-out, James Karlsen and Miren
Larrea argue that filling the gap regarding social relations in
the innovation process means researchers can engage in the
processes taking place in the territory, thereby revealing how
to make things work.
This book will help researchers face the pressure to play a
useful role in the development of their host regions. It will
help policy makers continuously learn and redefine policy
approaches and bring about collaboration through networks,
programs and projects where researchers and practitioners
in regional, local and urban development work together to
construct territorial development.
April 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

218 pages
978-1-4724-0923-2 70.00
978-1-4724-0924-9
978-1-4724-0925-6

$119.95

Innovation Support in
Latin America and Europe
Theory, Practice and Policy in Innovation
and Innovation Systems
Edited by Mark Anderson, David Edgar, Kevin Grant,
Keith Halcro, Julio Mario Rodriguez Devis and
Lautaro Guera Genskowsky
Reviewing the literature and existing practices of
innovation, the authors explore the often misunderstood
and contested terrain that surrounds innovation theory,
policy and practice. Here is a comparative insight into
Latin American and European approaches to innovation
management and innovation in practice, and an
examination of how innovative ideas are exploited
in and for a specifically Latin American context.
January 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

276 pages
978-1-4094-1901-3 65.00
978-1-4094-1902-0
978-1-4094-6032-9

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409419013

Women and Entrepreneurship


Female Durability, Persistence
and Intuition at Work
Beatrice E. Avolio Alecchi and Mirjana Radovi-Markovi

POPULAR BACKLIST
Understanding Creative Business
Values, Networks and Innovation
Jim Shorthose and Neil Maycroft
The crash of 2008 marked the end of one form of rather autistic
capitalism. But below the surface a new way of doing business
has been emerging it is ethical and has integrity because its
based on the reciprocity of deep relationships. If the economic
base has at least some bearing on the social infrastructure then
anyone who wants to understand the economy and society
should read Understanding Creative Business.
Neal Lawson, Chair of Compass and author of All Consuming
November 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

358 pages
978-1-4094-0714-0 80.00
978-1-4094-0715-7
978-1-4094-6019-0

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409407140

Innovative Thinking in Risk,


Crisis, and Disaster Management
Edited by Simon Bennett
May 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

288 pages
978-1-4094-1194-9
978-1-4094-1195-6
978-1-4094-6025-1

65.00

Women and Entrepreneurship comes from authors


with especially rich experience in this field of research.
Beatrice Avolio and Mirjana Radovi-Markovi profile
women entrepreneurs and consider their motivations,
together with the obstacles and challenges they face
and often overcome.

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409411949

The authors deal with how rural entrepreneurship, virtual


entrepreneurship, and project-based and home-based
businesses lend themselves to providing opportunities for
women. Their findings reveal that increased participation of
women in business leadership is imposing a new behavioural
style on businesses; and that particularly female kinds of
durability, persistence and intuition are producing business
advantage. This book clearly identifies success factors and
proposes guidelines for the benefit of female entrepreneurs,
female-led businesses, and businesses in general.

April 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

September 2013 182 pages


Hardback
978-1-4094-6618-5
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-6619-2
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-6620-8

60.00

$104.95

Changing Organizations
from Within

$119.95

Entrepreneurship, Innovation
and Business Clusters
Panos G. Piperopoulos
238 pages
978-1-4094-3442-9
978-1-4094-3443-6
978-1-4094-8697-8

74.00

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409434429

The Rise and Fall of Management


A Brief History of Practice, Theory
and Context
Gordon Pearson
April 2012
Paperback
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409466185

$139.95

298 pages
978-1-4094-4829-7 25.00
978-0-566-08976-3 70.00
978-0-566-08977-0
978-1-4094-5955-2

$44.95
$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409448297
Not available in India from Gower

Roles, Risks and Consultancy Relationships


Edited by Susan Rosina Whittle and Robin C. Stevens
Changing Organizations from Within is a great book and is
bound to be of interest to all practitioners as well as anyone
interested in getting under the skin of many of the challenges
in changing organizations. The insights and understandings
developed here about the relationship between consulting
and leading, as well as the increasing importance of the
internal consulting role, are particularly rewarding.
Sarah Kemp, Chief Executive, Trinity College London, UK

Rethinking Management
Radical Insights from the
Complexity Sciences
Chris Mowles
September 2011 290 pages
Hardback
978-1-4094-2933-3 70.00
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-2934-0
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-8674-9

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409429333

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472409232
May 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

212 pages
978-1-4094-4968-3
978-1-4094-4969-0
978-1-4094-7472-2

65.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409449683

$109.95

Making the Business Case


Proposals that Succeed for Projects that Work
Ian Gambles
January 2009
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

198 pages
978-0-566-08745-5
978-0-7546-9427-4
978-1-4094-6060-2

25.00

$49.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087455

See Also
Cyberconnecting
page 3

Integral Research and Innovation


page 4

Entrepreneurial Marketing
page 33

Making Ecopreneurs
page 30

Hoshin Kanri
page 48

Open Design and Innovation


page 6

Get exclusive rewards at www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

Finance, Trade and Financial Services


www.gowerpublishing.com/finance
Value-creation in Middle Market
Private Equity

Time Series Analysis


and Adjustment

Financing Trade and


International Supply Chains

John A. Lanier

Measuring, Modelling and


Forecasting for Business and Economics

Commerce Across Borders, Finance


Across Frontiers

Haim Y. Bleikh and Warren L. Young

Alexander R. Malaket

In Time Series Analysis and Adjustment the authors explain


how the last four decades have brought dramatic changes
in the way researchers analyze economic and financial data
on behalf of economic and financial institutions and to
provide statistics. An understanding of time series and the
application and knowledge of related time series adjustment
procedures is essential in areas such as risk management,
business cycle analysis, and forecasting. The case studies in
this book demonstrate that time series adjustment methods
can be efficaciously applied and utilized, for both analysis
and forecasting, but they must be used in the context of
reasoned statistical and economic judgment this is the
first known published study to really deal with this issue
of context.

This is an essential source of reference for anyone involved


in international trade and using or seeking to use short-term
financing. Alexander Malaket not only provides a thorough and
logical insight into how trade and supply chain finance can
work for companies today, but also does this through an easy
and interesting read. This is a book long overdue, and Malaket
has nailed it for users and practitioners alike.

John has taken stock of the lessons learned in his many


years of real world experience and distilled them into a
useful and pragmatic synthesis in this book. It is refreshing
to see the attention paid to many topics often overlooked
and underappreciated as value levers in investing.
Ric Andersen, Milestone Partners, USA
Seen as the job creating engine within the US economy,
small business is often a prime target market for private
equity investment. Indeed, private equity backs over six of
each 100 private sector jobs. Both the small businesses in
which private equity firms invest, and the private equity
firms making the investments, face inter- and intra-company
fiduciary leadership challenges while implementing
formulated strategy.
The architecture of each private equity firm portfolio
company relationship must be uniquely crafted to
capitalize on projected ROI that is memorialized in the
investment thesis. Given the leveraged capital structure of
portfolio companies, the cost of a misstep is problematic. In
Value-creation in Middle Market Private Equity, John A. Lanier
examines relationships between middle market private equity
firms and their portfolio companies.
February 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

326 pages
978-1-4724-4445-5
978-1-4724-4446-2
978-1-4724-4447-9

70.00 $119.95

July 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

148 pages
978-1-4094-4192-2
978-1-4094-4193-9
978-1-4724-0072-7

47.50

$89.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409441922

Conceptions of Professionalism
Meaningful Standards in Financial Planning
Ken Bruce and Abdullahi D. Ahmed

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472444455

Solvency II
Stakeholder Communications and Change
SECOND EDITION

Sheikh F. Rahman, Central Queensland University, Australia

Gabrielle ODonovan
here is the main virtue of the book: it is not only providing
a fair summary of what Solvency II is all about, but guides
the reader through the complex task of change-management,
as well as developing communication strategy and plans
to address, impress and inform all stakeholders: the staff,
the customers, the shareholders, the delivery partners,
the supervisors, etc. And this is done in a clear and well
understandable style and language, thus the book can
be an invaluable help for all those who are involved in
the implementation of Solvency II rules into the everyday
practice. Albert Einstein wrote once aptly: you have to learn
the rules of the game. And then you have to play better than
anyone else. ODonovans book helps the reader learn the
necessary rules; moreover it even inspires to apply them.
The only thing where the reader is left on its own: to play
the learned stuff better than anyone else.
Mr Elemer Tertak, European Commission, Principal Advisor,
Director General Internal Market and Services
As the deadline for Solvency II approaches, affected entities
will find implementing the required policies into everyday
practices becomes a major focus. The second edition of
Solvency II: Stakeholder Communications and Change,
explains how to prepare for and negate the associated risks.
July 2014
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

176 pages
978-1-4724-4090-7
978-1-4724-4091-4
978-1-4724-4092-1

This book makes an original contribution in the field of


financial planning literature as well as in the epistemology
of professionalism. Professional financial planners,
standard setters and corporate regulators, financial planners
associations and present and potential clients of financial
planners will find this book interesting reading.

35.00

In Conceptions of Professionalism, the authors present the


results of research into understanding what professionalism
means to those individuals who are CERTIFIED FINANCIAL
PLANNER professionals and how they conceive of acting
professionally. Financial planning is establishing itself as a
relatively new profession and an understanding of how its
members experience professionalism provides insights that
will help those responsible across the international financial
planning community to establish accurate and meaningful
professional standards for CFPs.

Jonathan Bell, Editor in Chief,


Trade and Export Finance, London, UK
Financing Trade and International Supply Chains takes the
mystery out of trade and supply chain finance. The book
suggests that every trade or supply chain finance solution
no matter how elaborate addresses some combination
of four elements: facilitation of secure and timely payment,
effective mitigation of risk, provision of financing and
liquidity, and facilitation of transactional and financial
information flow.
The book includes observations on the effective use of
traditional mechanisms such as Documentary Letters of
Credit, plus an overview of emerging supply chain finance
solutions critical to the financing of strategic suppliers and
other members of complex supply chain ecosystems. The
important role of export credit agencies and international
financial institutions is explored, and innovations such
as the Bank Payment Obligation are addressed in detail.
This valuable resource balances concept with practical
insight and can help protect the financial interests of
companies pursuing opportunity in international markets.
February 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

312 pages
978-1-4094-5460-1
978-1-4094-5461-8
978-1-4724-0366-7

85.00

$149.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409454601

This study gives voice to the financial planners represented


in the research and will enable standard-setting bodies
to understand professionalism through the eyes of the
professionals themselves.
May 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

208 pages
978-1-4724-1250-8
978-1-4724-1251-5
978-1-4724-1252-2

70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472412508

$64.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472440907

10

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Finance, Trade and Financial Services


Predictable and Avoidable

The Failure and the Future


of Accounting

Repairing Economic Dislocation and


Preventing the Recurrence of Crisis

Strategy, Stakeholders, and Business Value

Ivo Pezzuto

David Hatherly

This remarkable and insightful book shows the reader what


really went wrong, and why, in the global financial crisis. A
fact-based and unbiased perspective, robustly coupled with
analytical insights, connects the dots of all the events that
led to the financial meltdown and its aftermath. Based on the
authors own deductive reasoning, his extensive research and
his seasoned managerial experience, the book is enriched with
valuable thought-leaders insights on the crisis and sound
proposals for improved financial regulation.
Asghar Aghili Dehkordi, CEO Management Consultant to
Goldiran Industries Corp, Iran
November 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

438 pages
978-1-4094-5445-8
978-1-4094-5446-5
978-1-4094-7358-9

80.00

$144.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409454458

January 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

242 pages
978-1-4094-5354-3
978-1-4094-5355-0
978-1-4094-6249-1

70.00

$119.95

Kamil Omoteso
A much needed addition to the auditing field with its
concentration on the challenges posed by IT systems to
auditors and the business community. This book should prove
invaluable to academics, students and practitioners given its
highly readable and relevant content further enhanced by an
excellent bibliography. The challenge of auditing IT covered,
explained and explored in a highly relevant text for a world
where the risks of getting IT systems and controls wrong
cannot be ignored.
Professor Hugh Coombs, University of Glamorgan, UK
$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409434689

40.00

224 pages
978-0-566-09237-4
978-0-566-09238-1
978-1-4094-5977-4

65.00

Credit Management
SIXTH EDITION
Edited by Glen Bullivant
June 2010
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

748 pages
978-0-566-08842-1
978-0-7546-9215-7
978-1-4094-6059-6

125.00 $225.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088438

$74.95

150 pages
978-0-566-08862-9

45.00

Developing and Managing


a Successful Payment
Cards Business
Jeff Slawsky and Samee Zafar

The Principles of Project Finance

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566086489

Edited by Rod Morrison


528 pages
978-1-4094-3982-0
978-1-4094-3983-7
978-1-4094-5627-8

$79.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088629

November 2005
Hardback

May 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566092374

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409423577

126.00 $225.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409439820

See Also

May 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

August 2008
Paperback

Daniel Nicholls
126 pages
978-1-4094-2357-7
978-1-4094-2358-4
978-1-4094-7138-7

David M. Currie

Peter Howson

Smart Approaches to Differentiation


and Engagement
December 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Understanding Economic and


Political Performance

Checklists for Due Diligence

POPULAR BACKLIST
Foreign Direct Investment

Meeting the IT Challenge

218 pages
978-1-4094-3468-9 65.00
978-1-4094-3469-6
978-1-4094-7132-5

Sir David Tweedie. Chairman of the IASB 2001-11;


President of ICAS

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453543

Audit Effectiveness

July 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

This book proposes a major revolution in financial


reporting. By expanding on the traditional accounting model
by accounting for the components of the market capitalisation
of the business, the author challenges directly the worlds
present system of accounting. Using examples such as
Enron and the financial crisis, Professor Hatherly illustrates
the deficiencies of the present model and, unusually, suggests
how to rectify them. A must-read book for all who wonder
where the future of reporting might lie.

Country Analysis

214 pages
978-0-566-08648-9

74.00

$134.95

Shared Services in Finance


and Accounting
Tom Olavi Bangemann
March 2005
Hardback

262 pages
978-0-566-08607-6

70.00 $119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566086076

Auditor Independence
page 30
Benefit Realisation Management
page 45
Competitiveness in the Real Economy
page 2
Finance for Purchasing Managers
page 48
Heads or Tails
page 15
Integrated Cost-Schedule Risk Analysis
page 45
Islamic Financial Economy and Islamic
Banking
page 2
The Price of Global Health
page 36
Threat Finance
page 17
Value Creation and the Internet of Things
page 33

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

11

Fraud, Risk and Security


www.gowerpublishing.com/fraud
Security Culture

The Changing Face of


Compliance

A How to Guide for Improving Security


Culture and Dealing with People Risk
in Your Organization

Managing Regulatory Risk


Sharon Ward

242 pages
978-1-4094-5570-7
978-1-4094-5571-4
978-1-4724-0810-5

70.00 $119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409455707

Cyber Security
An Introduction for Non-Technical Managers
Jeremy Swinfen Green
Jeremy Swinfen Green has succeeded in creating a
cybersecurity book that is both well written and uses
the language of business management. This is just the
right reference for managers who need to understand key
cybersecurity concepts and threats and how they can
manage the risks.
Paul Dorey, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK
Cyber security is often thought to be the domain of specialist
IT professionals, however cyber risks are found across
and within organisations. Unfortunately, many managers
outside IT feel they are ill-equipped to deal with these risks
and the use of jargon makes the subject especially hard to
understand. For this reason cyber threats are often worse
than they really need to be.
The reality is that the threat from cyber risks is constantly
growing, meaning non-technical managers need to
understand and manage these threats as best they can. As
well as offering practical advice, the author guides readers
through the processes that will enable them to manage and
mitigate such threats thereby offering the best protection for
their organisations.
October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

THIRD EDITION
Kit Sadgrove

Hilary Walton

In The Changing Face of Compliance, Sharon Ward explores


the relationship between regulation and compliance, offers
insight into the effectiveness of current functions and
determines the key influences on regulation and compliance.
The text is a mix of hands-on advice, examples and research
drawn from interviews with compliance officers across a
wide range of jurisdictions and sectors. This is a thoughtful
and timely book, whether you are concerned about the
growing and changing implications of regulatory risk; the
benefit of leveraging additional value from your compliance
function; or ways of transforming and sustaining the function
to ensure its continued relevance to the business.
January 2016
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

The Complete Guide to


Business Risk Management

125 pages
978-1-4724-6673-0
978-1-4724-6674-7
978-1-4724-6675-4

45.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472466730

$79.95

Reviews of Previous Editions:


In 15 years I have read hundreds of security books. Seldom
have I read a book with such ambition and scope, impeccable
sources, and grasp of whats possible and practical and
whats not in the business of security management. Any
serious security managers wanting to make things happen in
their workplaces should open this book.
Mark Rowe, Editor, Professional Security Magazine
Security Culture starts from the premise that, even with good
technical tools and security processes, an organization is
still vulnerable without a strong culture and a resilient set of
behaviours in relation to people risk.
Hilary Walton combines her research and her unique work
portfolio to provide proven security culture strategies with
practical advice on their implementation. And she does
so across the board: from management buy-in, employee
development and motivation, right through to effective
metrics for security culture activities.
The book draws together all the best ideas on how you can
embed security in the culture of your organization, including
a blend of psychology, risk and security, to offer a security
culture interventions toolkit from which you can pick and
choose as you design your security culture programme
whether in private or public settings.
September 2015 175 pages
Hardback
978-1-4094-6562-1
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-6563-8
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-6564-5

65.00

$109.95

This new edition reflects changes in the global


environment, the new risks that have emerged and the
effect of macroeconomic factors on business profitability
and success. Businesses are constantly under threat from
the likes of computer failure, fire, fraud, robbery, accident,
environmental damage and new regulations. But how do
you determine which are the most important dangers for
your business? What can you do to lessen the chances of
their happening and minimize the impact if they do? In
this comprehensive volume Kit Sadgrove shows how you
can identify and control the relevant threats to ensure that
your company will survive.
April 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

578 pages
978-1-4724-4219-2
978-1-4724-4220-8
978-1-4724-4221-5

125.00 $220.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472442192

Risky Rewards
Andrew Hopkins and Sarah Maslen

Occupational Risk Control


Predicting and Preventing the Unwanted
Derek Viner
Derek Viners name is synonymous with the study and
practice of engineering approaches to health and safety. In this
highly readable and instructive book he draws on his enviable
wealth of experience, taking the reader on a journey from the
foundations of accident theory through the measurement,
control and management of risk using practical, down-to-earth
examples to de-mystify and simplify the subject and dispel
common misconceptions.
Steve Cowley, SafeWork Solutions
In Occupational Risk Control you will find Derek Viners
wealth of experience used to its fullest. He presents a
coherent and scientific theoretical basis for, and a practical
understanding of, the prediction and management of
accidents in the industrial and commercial worlds.
The author spans ideas formed between the industrial
revolution and the present day, but focuses on more recent
theoretical developments specifically in defence and petrochemical systems. He argues that the consequences of the
absence of a holistic approach is the tendency for regulators
to form (misinformed) theory on which to base legislation
and the prevalence of commercial systems leading to
disparate efforts by different industries. The net effect
of this is seen in disasters of the magnitude of the Gulf
of Mexico explosion and oil spill.
304 pages
978-1-4724-1970-5 75.00
978-1-4724-1971-2
978-1-4724-1972-9

Business Information Alert


... excels in outlining how effective risk management can be
used to underpin corporate success ... should prove a most
valuable reference.
Money Matters

How Company Bonuses Affect Safety

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409465621

April 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

If only a single book on business risk management could


be purchased, this would be the one to buy.

This is the first book to tackle this important, but


controversial topic in depth with its many nuances.
The authors take the reader into what for many will be the
unfamiliar territory of corporate appraisals and bonuses to
uncover its complexity, its principles and its contentiousness.
Their case studies handily illustrate the positive and negative
aspects derived from their theoretical analyses. It is a timely
book given the findings of recent disaster investigations
implicating unsuitable incentive schemes.

Andrew Hale, Professor Emeritus,


Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands

Financial incentives have long been used to try to


influence professional values and practices. Recent events
including the global financial crisis and the BP Texas City
refinery disaster have been linked to such incentives, with
commentators calling for a critical look at these systems
given the catastrophic outcomes. Risky Rewards engages
with this debate, particularly in the context of the present and
potential role of incentives to manage major accident risk in
hazardous industries.
February 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

186 pages
978-1-4724-4984-9
978-1-4724-4985-6
978-1-4724-4986-3

35.00

$59.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781472449849

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472419705

12

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Fraud, Risk and Security

SERIES

www.gowerpublishing.com/riskguides

SHORT GUIDES TO BUSINESS RISK


Risk is a far more complex and demanding issue than it was ten years ago. Risk managers may have expertise in the general aspects of risk management and in the specifics that relate directly
to their business, but they are much less likely to understand other more specialist risks. Equally, Company Directors may find themselves falling down in their duty to manage risk because they
dont have enough knowledge to be able to talk to their risk team, in a sensible way.
The Short Guides to Risk are not going to make either of these groups experts in the subject, but will give them plenty to get started and in a format and an extent (circa 150-250 pages)
that is readily digested.

A Short Guide to Climate


Change Risk
Nigel Arnell
Covering the nature, science, politics, assessment and
management of climate change risks, this book is aimed
at those who need to know about it as a strategic and
operational risk.
CIR (Continuity, Insurance & Risk) magazine
Climate change poses a risk to business operations and
to markets, but at the same time it can bring opportunities
for some businesses. With chapters on the nature, science
and politics of climate change, on the assessment and
management of climate change risks, and recommendations
for incorporating climate change risks into a Company Risk
Management System, this concise guide serves the needs
of business students and practitioners across a wide range
of sectors, public and private.
January 2015
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

226 pages
978-1-4094-5352-9
978-1-4094-5353-6
978-1-4724-0803-7

17.99

$34.95

Helena Haapio and George J. Siedel


I have welcomed their previous title Proactive Law for
Managers and now I am professionally very happy with the
new book this successful duo has been able to compose. What
I like most is the instrumental, proactive approach to business
legal matters; in their own words: Contracts are not made
for the legal department or future litigation; they are made for
business, in order to reach business objectives (introductory
chapter). It is this managerial way of handling the law that is
so needed in practice and yet so seldom seen in literature.
Professor Antoni Brack, Twente University, The Netherlands

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409448860

Catherine Truel

November 2012
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

162 pages
978-1-4094-4094-9 20.00
978-1-4094-4095-6
978-1-4094-8463-9

$39.95

August 2010
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

144 pages
978-1-4094-0452-1
978-1-4094-0453-8
978-1-4094-5880-7

21.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409440949

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409404521

BESTSELLER

A Short Guide to
Procurement Risk

A Short Guide to Facilitating


Risk Management
Engaging People to Identify, Own
and Manage Risk
Penny Pullan and Ruth Murray-Webster
June 2011
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

168 pages
978-1-4094-0730-0
978-1-4094-0731-7
978-1-4094-5912-5

20.00

$39.95

Richard Russill
May 2010
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

142 pages
978-0-566-09218-3
978-0-566-09219-0
978-1-4094-5874-6

20.00 $39.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566092183
$39.95

A Short Guide to Fraud Risk


Fraud Resistance and Detection
SECOND EDITION

A Short Guide to Contract Risk

226 pages
978-1-4094-4886-0 20.00
978-1-4094-4887-7
978-1-4094-7365-7

A Short Guide to Customs Risk

David Hillson and Ruth Murray-Webster

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409407300

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453529

April 2013
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

A Short Guide to Risk Appetite

$39.95

A Short Guide to
Operational Risk

Martin Samociuk, Nigel Iyer, edited by Helenne Doody


March 2010
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

David Tattam
June 2011
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

256 pages
978-0-566-09183-4
978-1-4094-2891-6
978-1-4094-5911-8

25.00

$44.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566091834

196 pages
978-0-566-09231-2
978-0-566-09232-9
978-1-4094-5871-5

20.00

$39.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566092312

A Short Guide to Reputation Risk


Garry Honey

A Short Guide to Political Risk

July 2009
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Robert McKellar

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566089954

BESTSELLER

November 2010
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

200 pages
978-0-566-09160-5
978-0-566-09161-2
978-1-4094-5888-3

130 pages
978-0-566-08995-4
978-0-566-08996-1
978-1-4094-5847-0

21.00

$39.95

20.00 $39.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566091605

Get exclusive rewards at www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

13

Fraud, Risk and Security


Team Leadership in High-Hazard
Environments

Integrated Assurance

Cyber Security Management

Risk Governance Beyond Boundaries

Performance, Safety and Risk Management


Strategies for Operational Teams

Vicky Kubitscheck

A Governance, Risk and Compliance


Framework

Randy E. Cadieux
I think Randy Cadieuxs book is a must for any leader with
high-velocity teams that respond to important conditions. The
book reads like a carefully constructed cookbook that helps
you prepare your response teams for amazing performance.
Todd Conklin, Los Alamos National Laboratory, USA
Safety performance is a complicated issue, particularly
in high-hazard environments where time and other
constraints, as well as impacts, can be exaggerated. From
an organizational and business perspective, safety and
production/performance are often seen as competing
goals. Team Leadership in High-Hazard Environments
recognizes these difficulties and constraints and proposes
an approach to safety leadership in which safety and
organizational performance are inextricably linked; one
that addresses safety from both the systems and human
factors perspectives. This is an important book that draws
on techniques and models developed from crew resource
management, human factors, risk management as well
as more traditional HR management disciplines.
December 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

288 pages
978-1-4724-3353-4
978-1-4724-3354-1
978-1-4724-3355-8

70.00

$109.95

Effective assurance is undoubtedly the watch word for


every non-executive director today. Based on my 10 years of
experience in the boardroom, I believe that this book provides
an invaluable and insightful examination of assurance and
risk oversight and how these meet the needs of the board.
I recommend this book to both executive and non-executive
board members seeking to optimise the value of governance
by ensuring an integrated approach to risk and internal
control.
Davida Marston, experienced Non-Executive Director and
Audit Chair for PLCs and non-UK listed companies
Much has been written about assurance, but mainly by
those who provide it the professionals such as internal
auditors, accountants and information security technologists
for the purpose of advancing their professional practices.
Less is written for or by those in governance who need it for
the effective discharge of their responsibilities. It is time to
rethink assurance beyond its usual functional boundaries, to
focus on what matters to the business and how discussions
in the board room can be better supported by more joined
up assurance. This book will provide practical guidance for
those who need that support and for others providing it.
December 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

316 pages
978-1-4094-2359-1
978-1-4094-2360-7
978-1-4094-7473-9

75.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472433534

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409423591

BESTSELLER

Managerial Fraud

The Field Guide to


Understanding Human Error

Executive Impression Management,


Beyond Red Flags

THIRD EDITION
Sidney Dekker
When things go wrong in organisations, one thing is almost
always found in the post-mortem: human error (in various
guises). But one only needs to scratch the surface of system
failures to understand that things are not so straightforward.
What seems to make sense as a causal catch-all for our
everyday slips and blunders snaps when stretched; it fails to
explain the context and complexity of our work and systems.
There is a better way. In this important book, Sidney Dekker
conveys a practical approach for life after human error. It
is both humanistic and systemic; it treats people holistically
and non-judgementally, while considering system conditions
and dynamics in context. If you are prepared to suspend your
own preconceptions and reactions to failure this book will
repay you with a practical, highly readable and deeply humane
approach to dealing with failure.
Steven Shorrock, European Safety Culture Program Leader,
EUROCONTROL

248 pages
978-1-4724-3905-5 20.00
978-1-4724-3904-8 70.00
978-1-4724-3906-2
978-1-4724-3907-9

Cyber Security Management places security management


in a holistic context and outlines how the strategic
marketing approach can be used to underpin cyber
security in partnership arrangements. The book is unique
because it integrates material that is of a highly specialized
nature but which can be interpreted by those with a nonspecialist background. Those with a limited knowledge
of cyber security will be able to develop a comprehensive
understanding of the subject and will be guided into devising
and implementing relevant policy, systems and procedures
that make the organization better able to withstand the
increasingly sophisticated forms of cyber attack.
September 2014 262 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-3209-4
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-3210-0
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-3211-7

$124.95

Building Anti-Fragile
Organisations
Risk, Opportunity and Governance
in a Turbulent World
Tony Bendell
Tony Bendall has comprehensively researched and
analysed the concept of anti-fragility and its implications for
organisations and their people. The result is an engaging and
timely tour de force which should be required reading for all
business leaders as well as students embarking on a career in
the corporate world.
Stuart Ansell, BPP Business School, UK

In Managerial Fraud, Dr Terry Sheridan reports the findings


of her study of fraudulent executives. Her work illuminates
the particular methods fraudsters employ to appear more
authentic than the average person and reveals two types of
executive fraudster with very different behaviours. All this
helps to explain why the current Red Flag approach fails
to identify potential fraudsters and instead tends to focus
on Red Flag executives who are negative characters, but
non-fraudulent.
Better understanding of what Dr Sheridan has uncovered
might result in organisations being able to reduce
their exposure to fraud perpetrated by their own senior
management.
October 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472432094

Terry A. Sheridan

304 pages
978-1-4724-1338-3
978-1-4724-1339-0
978-1-4724-1340-6

75.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472413383

This latest edition of The Field Guide to Understanding


Human Error will help you understand how to move beyond
human error; how to understand accidents; how to do better
investigations; how to understand and improve your safety
work. You will be invited to think creatively and differently
about the safety issues you and your organization face.
December 2014
Paperback
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

$134.95

Peter Trim and Yang-Im Lee

$129.95

Every day human organisations fail. Building Anti-Fragile


Organisations explores a powerful alternative framework
for risk in design and management of human systems.
Anti-Fragile organisations, like biological systems, being
more than robust actually improve their resilience through
being stressed.
In the book, Professor Bendell explains how its application
in development and management of organisations, services
and products, allows us to identify the characteristics that
will not only mitigate against the realisation of hazards,
but enable growth in protection, strength and anti-fragility
over time.
The book identifies characteristics relevant to survival in
a turbulent world, and how our approaches to risk and
governance must change to create and manage anti-fragile
organisations. It gives readers the opportunity to make
sense of applying the concepts within their own worlds.
July 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

248 pages
978-1-4724-1388-8
978-1-4724-1389-5
978-1-4724-1390-1

70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472413888

$39.95
$124.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781472439055

14

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Fraud, Risk and Security


Obstructive Marketing
Restricting Distribution of Products and
Services in the Age of Asymmetric Warfare
Maitland Hyslop
In Obstructive Marketing, Maitland Hyslop deals with a very
negative kind of activity which embraces activities, legal or
otherwise, designed to prevent or restrict the distribution
of a product or service, temporarily or permanently, against
the wishes of the product manufacturer, service provider or
customer.
When the author defined this phenomenon as Obstructive
Marketing and started to research it more than a decade ago,
it was seen as a valid concept that was perhaps ahead of its
time. The World has moved on and Obstructive Marketing
can now be seen as the business equivalent of asymmetric
warfare.
This book explains what Obstructive Marketing is and why
it is not called anti-marketing. It explains who practises
Obstructive Marketing, where, when and how; and why
businesses are particularly vulnerable to Obstructive
Marketing attack when entering new markets and engaging
in change and innovation.
February 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

362 pages
978-1-4724-1604-9 75.00
978-1-4724-1605-6
978-1-4724-1606-3

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472416049

Cyber Crime, Security


and Digital Intelligence
Mark Johnson
Brings common sense, practicality and forward thinking
to a subject that is often shrouded in mystery and fear.
An essential reference for anyone who wishes to protect
their organisation from reputational and financial damage
in todays world.
Nick Mann, Principal, Nick Mann Associates
August 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

300 pages
978-1-4094-5449-6 70.00
978-1-4094-5450-2
978-1-4724-0365-0

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409454496

An Evidence-based Approach to Improving


Risk Reduction
Andrew S. Townsend

August 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Evgueni Ivantsov

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453116

A brilliant review of the financial crash and the problems


associated with calculating actual risk exposure in the
financial markets. Dr Ivantsov applies supreme logic and
intellectual acumen when dissecting the topics of bank
capital and risk management, and the result is incisive.
Everyone with an interest in the events of 20072009, from
students to CEOs to regulators, should read this clear,
accessible and coherent account of the causes of the crash
and its accompanying critique of the legislators response
that was Basel III. Unlike most authors on this subject, Dr
Ivantsov also presents his recommended policy response,
which is excellent. An absolute classic and an exceptional
and worthy addition to the finance literature.

Integrity in Business

$134.95

198 pages
978-1-4094-5311-6
978-1-4094-5312-3
978-1-4724-0807-5

60.00

$109.95

SECOND EDITION
Tim Marsh
The missing factor for most senior managers is not the desire
to do something to improve health and safety, rather it is a
lack of knowledge of what they practically need to do to make
a difference. Talking Safety for most people is the missing
piece of the jigsaw, the piece that brings realisation and helps
them to get it. Key to this success is the light hearted and
yet impactful style of the book which makes the techniques
which have been developed through hard won experience
immediately accessible.

June 2013
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

146 pages
978-1-4094-6655-0
978-1-4094-6656-7
978-1-4094-6657-4

17.99

$34.95

Michael J. Comer and Timothy E. Stephens


I have long respected Mike Comer as probably the greatest
fraud investigator in the world.
Jules B. Kroll, acknowledged as the founder of the modern
corporate investigations industry
910 pages
978-1-4094-5357-4 150.00
978-1-4094-5358-1
978-1-4724-0452-7

$275.00

Cyber Security Culture

You know an issues time has come when a theoretical


literature on what the reader ought to do is pushed aside
by a how to book. In this way, Frank Holders practical
advice on how to put honesty and trust, as well as regulatory
compliance, at the heart of business decision-making is an
important milestone.
Lord Mark Malloch-Brown, Former UK Minister
and Deputy UN Secretary-General
132 pages
978-0-566-09187-2
978-1-4094-5766-4
978-1-4094-6515-7

How to Be an Impeccable and Profitable


Corporate Citizen

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453574

Frank Holder

August 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Bribery and Corruption

April 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Developing Ethical Behavior Across


Cultures and Jurisdictions

Moorad Choudhry, Group Treasury, Royal Bank of Scotland


and Visiting Professor, Department of Mathematical
Sciences, Brunel University, UK
75.00

A Users Guide to World Class


Safety Conversation

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409466550
Its a rare treat to come across a real tub-thumper of a
book but thats what Andrew Townsend has produced
This is a book written with zest and vigour. Its easy to read
but poses difficult questions. Perhaps some enterprising
safety professional will challenge their colleagues to read
it and then discuss it. Now that would be a meeting Id
like to attend.

Financial Disaster, Risk Management


and Survival Strategy in the World of
Extreme Risk

324 pages
978-1-4094-6073-2
978-1-4094-6074-9
978-1-4094-6075-6

Talking Safety

Neil Budworth, former President of IOSH

Safety Cant Be Measured

The RoSPA Occupational Safety & Health Journal

Heads or Tails

October 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

$119.95

BESTSELLER

60.00 $104.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409460732

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566091872

It Should Never Happen Again

Corporate Risk and Governance

Counteracting Cyber Threats through


Organizational Learning and Training
Peter Trim and David Upton
This excellent book comes at a time when cyber security is
paramount in the concerns of all organisations that handle
information as an asset that should be all of us. Relying on
technical threat mitigation is not enough. What is required is a
change of culture and this book is a first class exemplar of how
to do this though changing the way we organise ourselves
and how we train to address modern threats. It is a book for
everyone with an interest in safeguarding their business
and their organisation.

Neil Fisher, Vice Chairman,


Information Assurance Advisory Council

An End to Mismanagement, Tunnel Vision


and Quackery

April 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

234 pages
978-1-4094-5694-0
978-1-4094-5695-7
978-1-4094-7457-9

Mike Lauder

Alan Waring

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409456940

It should never happen again, but too many recommendations


just make the situation worse. Every private and public sector
executive needs to read this book so they understand how
their decisions and actions can solve some problems whilst
inadvertently creating others.

The world of business in economically developed countries


generally does not lack for policy, regulation and law. However,
businesses around the world often avoid or ignore their own
rules if they clash with economic objectives or may disrupt
a current business practice long in place. ...Alan Warings
coverage of risk management is a text book for all students
of security and compliance. It concerns the types of risk
encountered in business and the severe consequences that
can occur if ignored. I was captured by Alans many examples
of corporate missteps and the significant effort needed to
reverse the damages from bad decisions. The book is a must
for corporate executives as well as it lays out the process of
risk management decision making. Alan makes it very clear
to all readers that you are only as good as your reputation.

The Failure of Inquiries and Commissions


to Enhance Risk Governance

Michael Bourne, Cranfield University, UK


September 2013 286 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-1385-7
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-1386-4
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-1387-1

65.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472413857

$119.95

Tim McNally, McNally Security Group Los Angeles, USA and


former Assistant Director FBI (Retired)
July 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

244 pages
978-1-4094-4836-5
978-1-4094-4837-2
978-1-4724-0244-8

70.00

$124.95

Project Risk Analysis


Techniques for Forecasting Funding
Requirements, Costs and Timescales
Derek Salkeld
The book provides a multitude of aids to help with
determining risks, identifying costs, and how the risks affect
the schedule. These aids include examples, areas to address
and checklists. it stresses the importance of tying risks
to people through assignment of ownership and risks to the
project budget through allocation of contingences. The
project management and risk management professions
may get a better reputation because of projects getting
completed at a higher rate and on time and within budget.
PM World Journal

70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409448365

$124.95

March 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

310 pages
978-0-566-09186-5
978-1-4094-4497-8
978-1-4094-7237-7

75.00

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566091865

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

15

Fraud, Risk and Security


POPULAR BACKLIST
Demystifying
Communications Risk

Proactive Law for Managers


George Siedel and Helena Haapio

A Guide to Revenue Risk Management


in the Communications Sector
Mark Johnson
October 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

See Also

A Hidden Source of Competitive Advantage


December 2010
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

192 pages
978-1-4094-0100-1 45.00
978-1-4094-0101-8
978-1-4094-5993-4

$79.95

Deception in Selection
page 21

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409401001

270 pages
978-1-4094-2941-8
978-1-4094-2942-5
978-1-4094-8380-9

74.00 $134.95

Hacking the Human

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409429418

Social Engineering Techniques


and Security Countermeasures

Threat Finance

Ian Mann
November 2008
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Disconnecting the Lifeline of


Organised Crime and Terrorism
Dr Shima D. Keene
September 2012 328 pages
Hardback
978-1-4094-5309-3
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-5310-9
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-8370-0

266 pages
978-0-566-08773-8 74.00
978-0-7546-9351-2
978-1-4094-5828-9

$134.95

$119.95

EIGHTH EDITION
August 2007
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Detecting and Reducing


Supply Chain Fraud
Norman A. Katz
258 pages
978-1-4094-0732-4 74.00
978-1-4094-0733-1
978-1-4094-6117-3

264 pages
978-0-566-08783-7
978-0-7546-8776-4
978-1-4094-6057-2

15.99

$29.95

$134.95

Understanding and
Managing Risk Attitude

The Rules of Project Risk Management


page44

SECOND EDITION
David Hillson and Ruth Murray-Webster

Fraud
The Counter Fraud Practitioners Handbook
Edited by Alan Doig
131.00

$235.00

March 2007
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

208 pages
978-0-566-08798-1
978-1-4094-4908-9
978-1-4094-5050-4

27.50

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087981

Prevention and Detection

The Internationalisation
of Corruption

Nigel Iyer and Martin Samociuk

Scale, Impact and Countermeasures

December 2006
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Clare Fletcher and Daniela Herrmann

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566086991

302 pages
978-1-4094-1129-1
978-1-4094-1130-7
978-1-4094-6024-4

75.00

$134.95

Exploiting Future Uncertainty


Creating Value from Risk
David Hillson
220 pages
978-1-4094-2341-6
978-1-4094-2342-3
978-1-4094-6067-1

26.00

312 pages
978-0-566-08699-1 74.00
978-0-7546-8294-3
978-1-4094-5809-8

$134.95

Commercial Due Diligence


The Key to Understanding Value
in an Acquisition

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409411291

December 2010
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

$54.95

Fraud and Corruption

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088322

March 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Project Risk Governance


page 44
Strategic Project Risk Appraisal
and Management
page 41

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087837

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409407324

576 pages
978-0-566-08832-2
978-0-7546-9209-6
978-1-4094-6112-8

Innovative Thinking in Risk, Crisis,


and Disaster Management
page 9
Managing Risk in Projects
page 40

Security Manual
David Brooksbank

July 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Fraud and Corruption in Public Services


page 18

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087738
65.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453093

August 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Audit Effectiveness
page 11

$49.95

Peter Howson
May 2006
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

416 pages
978-0-566-08651-9
978-0-7546-8558-6
978-1-4094-5797-8

89.00

$154.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566086519

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409423416

16

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Fraud, Risk and Security

SERIES

www.gowerpublishing.com/psychologicalrisk

PSYCHOLOGICAL AND BEHAVIOURAL ASPECTS OF RISK


Series Editors: Cary L. Cooper and Ronald J. Burke
Risk management is an ongoing concern for modern organizations in terms of their finance, their people, their assets, their projects and their reputation. The majority of the processes and
systems adopted are either very financially oriented or fundamentally mechanistic; often better suited to codifying and recording risk, rather than understanding and working with it. Risk is
fundamentally a human construct; how we perceive and manage it is dictated by our attitude, behaviour and the environment or culture within which we work. Organizations that seek to
mitigate, manage, transfer or exploit risk need to understand the psychological factors that dictate the response and behaviours of their employees, their high-flyers, their customers and their
stakeholders.
This series, edited by two of the most influential writers and researchers on organizational behaviour and human psychology explores the psychological and behavioural aspects of risk; the
factors that: define our attitudes and response to risk; are important in understanding and managing risk managers; dictate risky behaviour in individuals at all levels.

Coping, Personality
and the Workplace
Responding to Psychological Crisis
and Critical Events
Edited by Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou
and Cary L. Cooper
For organizations, this collection provides help and advice
to build into employee safety and support programmes;
for policy makers, a sense of the emerging sources of risk
related to occupational health; and for researchers, an
anthology of original applied research from some of the
leading authors in three continents.
October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

350 pages
978-1-4724-1682-7
978-1-4724-1683-4
978-1-4724-1684-1

75.00

$129.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472416827

Mental Illness in the Workplace


Psychological Disability Management
Henry G. Harder, Shannon Wagner, and Josh Rash
Mental Illness in the Workplace fills a large void in the
existing literature by defining common psychological health
conditions and broadening the readers understanding of how
mental health conditions impact in the workplace. It explores
current evidence, diagnostic challenges and treatment
complexities. The authors articulate and present solid and
well-thought-out solutions for prevention and management.
Disability Management professionals will benefit greatly
from this resource.
Liz R. Scott, Principal/CEO of Organizational Solutions,
Canada
The extent of mental health concerns in the workforce is
becoming increasingly apparent. Stress, depression, anxiety,
workplace bullying and other mental health issues are
costing businesses billions every year in lost productivity,
poor treatments and employee retention. The authors of
Mental Illness in the Workplace provide a practical guide to
identifying, understanding, treating and preventing individual
and organizational mental health issues, drawing on
empirical evidence from North America, the United Kingdom,
Australia and New Zealand. They illustrate how organizations
can save money and improve the health and well-being
of their employees by using a psychological disability
management approach in the treatment and accommodation
of mental health issues. This book will meet the needs of
students and practitioners in human resources, psychology
and business management.
July 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

406 pages
978-1-4094-4549-4
978-1-4094-4550-0
978-1-4724-0241-7

85.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409445494

$149.95

Creating Healthy Workplaces

The Fulfilling Workplace

Stress Reduction, Improved Well-being,


and Organizational Effectiveness

The Organizations Role in Achieving


Individual and Organizational Health

Edited by Caroline Biron, Ronald J. Burke


and Cary L. Cooper

Edited by Ronald J. Burke and Cary L. Cooper

Creating Healthy Workplaces provides a comprehensive


overview of interventions that will be of use to both the
researcher and practitioner. While the book is written in the
language of the academic, it represents a valuable resource
for anyone charged with creating healthy and psychologically
safe workplaces, regardless of disciplinary background or job
role. Given it is one of the very few good books Ive read
on intervention for healthy work, I fully recommend it to
all and sundry!

Tim Bentley, director, NZ Work Research Institute


and AUT Future of Work Programme

Those working in the field of occupational stress have


received criticism that too much emphasis has been placed
on negative issues and that positive initiatives have been
largely ignored. This book delves into both the positive and
the stress fields and compares the types of interventions
each entail. Some of the interventions described target
individuals and their attitudes and behaviours, others
target workplace relationships, work units and the wider
organization. Outcomes such as reduced occurrences of
smoking, obesity, depression, elevated blood pressure,
accidents and workplace injuries, absence and staff turnover
are reported. The factors associated with the success of
these interventions are identified and advice is given as to
how you might proceed to develop worksite interventions
of your own.
February 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

384 pages
978-1-4094-4310-0
978-1-4094-4311-7
978-1-4724-0240-0

75.00

$129.95

Human Frailties
Wrong Choices on the Drive to Success
Edited by Ronald J. Burke, Suzy Fox and Cary L. Cooper
This is a valuable and unique book which reflects a new trend:
namely concentrating on the dark side of work. Over half the
well written and up-to-date chapters examine the causes and
consequences of dark people and dark work situations that
reflect the books subtitle. I very much enjoyed reading many
of the chapters in a book that should be of use not only to
students and researchers but managers struggling with
the forces of darkness in their workplace.
Adrian Furnham, University College London, UK
316 pages
978-1-4094-4585-2 70.00
978-1-4094-4586-9
978-1-4724-0242-4

Michael P. ODriscoll, University of Waikato, New Zealand


April 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

346 pages
978-1-4094-2776-6
978-1-4094-2777-3
978-1-4094-6045-9

75.00

$129.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409427766

Occupational Health and Safety


Edited by Ronald J. Burke, Cary L. Cooper
and Sharon Clarke
June 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

392 pages
978-0-566-08983-1 80.00
978-1-4094-3207-4
978-1-4094-8663-3

$144.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566089831

Corporate Reputation
Managing Opportunities and Threats
Edited by Ronald J. Burke, Graeme Martin
and Cary L. Cooper

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409443100

December 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

This volume of essays deals with vital issues in todays


workplaces health and well-being. Each chapter critically
reflects on how these can be enhanced in organisations. The
authors accumulated knowledge and experience are clearly
displayed. ...a very valuable resource, as it deals with both
individual-level issues and organisational practices that are
crucial to the enhancement of both personal and organisational
health. Highly recommended!

May 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

356 pages
978-0-566-09205-3 80.00
978-1-4094-2327-0
978-1-4094-6039-8

$144.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566092053

Safety Culture
Assessing and Changing the Behaviour
of Organisations
John Bernard Taylor
November 2010
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

230 pages
978-1-4094-0127-8
978-1-4094-0128-5
978-1-4094-5996-5

70.00

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409401278
$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409445852

Get exclusive rewards at www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

17

Government, Public and Third Sector


www.gowerpublishing.com/publicsector
Fraud and Corruption
in Public Services

Key Determinants of
National Development

Integrity in Government
through Records Management

Peter Tickner

Historical Perspectives and Implications


for Developing Economies

Essays in Honour of Anne Thurston

Fraud and Corruption in Public Services is a definitive,


practical guide to the diverse sources of risk. There is a
guidance on civil and criminal law as well as the national
and international governmental measures and initiatives
for countering this form of criminality. Most importantly of
all, the book offers advice, examples and strategy both for
preventing and combating fraud and corruption.
The text is readable, well-informed and intensely practical;
illustrated throughout with examples from the authors
thirty year career.
October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

200 pages
978-1-4724-2121-0
978-1-4724-2122-7
978-1-4724-2123-4

75.00 $129.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472421210

Rebalancing Public Partnership


Innovative Practice Between Government
and Non-Profits from Around the World
Edited by John Brothers
The relationship between governments and non-profits is
built on the shifting sands of political and social discourse,
yet, making this relationship work is critical in supporting
and sustaining resilient communities. This book provides a
rare and invaluable international analysis of this important
relationship and should be compulsory reading for
government and non-profit leaders.
David Crosbie, Chief Executive Officer of the
Community Council for Australia
Based on his original research, John Brothers brings
together prominent thought leaders from the United States
and around the world by exploring the prevailing attitudes
and perceptions of the non-profit sector towards government
and vice versa and provides advice and direction to help both
sides of the equation towards effective collaborative working.
Both sides of this emerging partnership need fast-track
education on each others capabilities, constraints and
working practice. John Brothers contributors provide some
very valuable perspectives and insights that should inform
and direct this process.
August 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

150 pages
978-1-4724-3368-8
978-1-4724-3369-5
978-1-4724-3370-1

45.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472433688

$79.95

Edited by Kwaku Appiah-Adu and Mahamudu Bawumia


This remarkable book is the fruit of sustained painstaking
research. Collectively the authors seamlessly elucidate
the multiplicity of factors that significantly contribute to
development but they do so thankfully, using such a
colourful style and language that the book comes to life
and is a pleasure to read. I highly recommend it.
Francis K. Allotey, President,
Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences

Key Determinants of National Development addresses a suite


of critical themes regarded by development experts to be
germane in considering the pertinence of policies and their
effective execution.
These seven general thematic areas are explored:
Leadership, governance, policy and strategy
Public sector and public financial management
Culture, institutions and people
Natural resources
Science, technology and infrastructure
Private sector and financial markets
Marketing, branding and service delivery
The contributors to explore the impact of the constituents
of each subject area on national development, within the
context of a developing economy. The combination of theory
and practice makes the book and its contents unique.
July 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

408 pages
978-1-4724-6283-1
978-1-4724-6284-8
978-1-4724-6285-5

80.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472462831

See Also
A Short Guide to Political Risk
page 13
Design for Policy
page 7
Healthcare Reform, Quality and Safety
page 36
Integral Polity
page 4
Welcome to GoodCo
page 18

$144.95

Edited by James Lowry and Justus Wamukoya


The past 30 years have witnessed a paradigm shift in our
understanding of the critical role which records management
plays in ensuring government accountability, upholding
human rights and promoting good governance. Anne
Thurston has been a central figure in the emergence of this
new landscape, and this volume is a fitting tribute to her
creativity, imagination and boundless, inspiring energy.
Margaret Procter, University of Liverpool, UK
This excellent volume brings together scholars and
practicing archivists to discuss the key issues around
public records and good governance. Never before have
these authors from the developing and developed world
published together on the intersection of records and
archives and development, a key to good governance. The
book covers three broad areas: records management and
training, governance and transparency and digital records
management and preservation. Case studies from all over
Africa enhance the theoretical and practical perspectives
taken by the authors.
November 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

278 pages
978-1-4724-2845-5
978-1-4724-2846-2
978-1-4724-2847-9

65.00 $119.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781472428455

Third Sector Performance


Management and Finance in Not-for-profit
and Social Enterprises
Edited by Graham Manville and Richard Greatbanks
...a major contribution to the theory and practice of third
sector and social enterprise development. Of relevance to both
academics and practitioners, this volume presents significant
challenges to the sector but also offers solutions to enable
third sector organisations enhance performance and maximise
their contribution to society.
Paul A Jones, Liverpool John Moores University, UK
January 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

266 pages
978-1-4094-2961-6
978-1-4094-2962-3
978-1-4094-7239-1

65.00

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409429616

POPULAR BACKLIST
Government, SMEs and
Entrepreneurship Development
Policy, Practice and Challenges
Edited by Robert Blackburn and Michael T. Schaper
November 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

340 pages
978-1-4094-3035-3
978-1-4094-3036-0
978-1-4094-8408-0

75.00

$129.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409430353

Plan for the Planet


A Business Plan for a Sustainable World
Ian Chambers and John Humble
May 2012
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

358 pages
978-1-4094-4589-0
978-1-4094-0682-2
978-1-4094-5939-2

19.99

$39.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409445890

18

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Government, Public and Third Sector


Heritage and Culture Administration

www.gowerpublishing.com/artsandculture

Copyrighting Creativity

The Creative City

Creative Values, Cultural Heritage Institutions


and Systems of Intellectual Property

Vision and Execution

Re-imagining Heritage
Interpretation

Edited by James Doyle and Biljana Mickov

Enchanting the Past-Future

Edited by Helle Porsdam


For anyone pondering what the public mission of todays
cultural heritage institutions should be, this volume offers
a sweeping read. What binds the contributions is the critical
reflection on the idea and role of copyright as regulator of
cultural property and creativity. The varying perspectives
taken ensure a rich analysis that surpasses the traditional
legal and economic views.
Mireille van Eechoud, University of Amsterdam, Netherlands
Inspired by a three year research project involving leading
European universities, this book explores the relationship
between copyright and intellectual property, creativity and
innovation, and cultural heritage institutions. Its contributors
are scholars from both the humanities and the social
sciences from cultural studies to law as well as cultural
practitioners and representatives from cultural heritage
institutions. They all share an interest in the contribution
of intellectual property to the role of cultural institutions in
making culture accessible and encouraging new creativity.
August 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

220 pages
978-1-4724-3165-3
978-1-4724-3166-0
978-1-4724-3167-7

60.00

$109.95

Museum Space
Where Architecture Meets Museology
Kali Tzortzi
The book is an excellent and timely contribution to an
important critical debate in museum studies and architecture:
how to conceptualise and analyse the architectural
organization of display spaces in museums and the movement
of visitors within them. Tzortzis exploration of the syntactic
analysis of museum space stands as the most accessible and
reader-friendly account of this important method. This book is
required reading for anyone interested in understanding and
analyzing museum space.
Christopher Whitehead, Newcastle University, UK
How does the architecture of museums affect our experience
as visitors? This book proposes that by seeing space as
common ground between architecture and museology,
and so between the museum building and its display, we
can illuminate the individuality of each museum and the
distinctive experience it offers. The book starts with an
overview of the history of museum buildings and display
strategies. It then focuses on specific museums as in-depth
case studies, and uses methods of spatial analysis to look at
the key design choices available to architects and curators,
and their effects on visitors behaviour. Theoretically
grounded, methodologically original, and richly illustrated,
this book will equip students, researchers and professionals
in the fields of architecture, museum studies, curating,
exhibition design, and cultural studies, with a guide for
studying museums and a theoretical framework for their
interpretation.
298 pages
978-1-4724-3901-7 70.00
978-1-4724-3902-4
978-1-4724-3903-1

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781472439017

Doyle and Mickov examine and explain the changes to the


concept of the creative city, explore its connectivity to the
culture sector as well as other sectors and practices across
Europe, illustrating the perspectives of cultural managers,
educators, professionals and researchers from the creative
sector in Dublin and Europe. This book will present a new
reality based on the quality of contemporary creative practice.
July 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

220 pages
978-1-4724-4987-0 70.00
978-1-4724-4988-7
978-1-4724-4989-4

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472449870

Managing Cultural Heritage


An International Research Perspective
Luca Zan and Sara Bonini Baraldi, Maria Lusiani,
Daniel Shoup, Paolo Ferri and Federica Onofri

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781472431653

July 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

The Creative City: Vision and Execution, edited by Jim Doyle


and Biljana Mickov, bridges the gap between the Creative
City as concept and the Creative City as practice and, in so
doing, provides a contemporary template for policy makers,
city planners, and citizens alike.

$124.95

Professor Zan and his team of researchers have produced an


instructive and discerning volume of international case studies
on the management of heritage sites and institutions, including
some high profile cases like Machu Picchu and Pompeii. The
authors, through their on the ground, micro-level analysis of
management practices, reveal the limitations of one model
fits all strategies that tend to dominate the field.
Christina Kreps, University of Denver, USA
Based on fifteen years of field work done by a group of
scholars at the Department of Management, University
of Bologna, this book is an in-depth investigation of
management practices rather than policies, based on a
variety of case studies from China, Italy, Malta, Turkey,
and Peru. The authors take the issue of management in
heritage seriously, but also take into account the role of
other disciplines within heritage organizations. In particular,
they focus on sustainability in terms of financial resources,
human resources, knowledge management, and the
relationship with the audience and communities of scholars.
March 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

256 pages
978-1-4724-4036-5 65.00
978-1-4724-4037-2
978-1-4724-4038-9

$119.95

Russell Staiff
This is a rich and vividly articulated evocation of the
complex relationship we have with the past, its objects and
its intangibles, the things and non-things that we call heritage.
Staiff has achieved more than a simple account of interpretation
could ever do. With his very individual perspective he has
envisioned the very nature of our encounters, engagements and
subjective experiences, as individuals, bodies and collectivities.
Can heritage interpretation ever be understood in the same
way again? Not after this!
Steve Watson, York St John University, UK
Staiff suggests that the dialogue between visitors and
heritage places has been too focused on learning outcomes,
and so heritage interpretation has become dominated by
psychology and educational theory, and over-reliant on
outdated thinking. Using his background as an art historian
and experience teaching heritage and tourism courses,
Russell Staiff weaves personal observation with theory in
an engaging and lively way. He recognizes that the digital
revolution has changed forever the way that people interact
with their environment and that a new approach is needed
January 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

202 pages
978-1-4094-5550-9
978-1-4094-5551-6
978-1-4724-0735-1

60.00

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781409455509

Sustaining Cultural Development


Unified Systems and New Governance
in Cultural Life
Edited by Biljana Mickov and James Doyle
In Sustaining Cultural Development, Biljana Mickov and
James Doyle argue that effective programmes to promote
greater participation in cultural life require substantial
investment in research and strategic planning. Using studies
from contributors throughout Europe, they look at ways to
promote cultural life as the centre of the broader sustainable
development of society. These studies illustrate how
combining cultural identity, cultural diversity and creativity
with increased participation of citizens in cultural life
improves harmonized cultural development and promotes
democracy. They indicate a shift from traditional governance
of the cultural sector to a new, more horizontal, approach
that links cultural workers at different levels in different
sectors and different locations.

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781472440365

January 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

See Also

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453963

Design Pedagogy
page 6

$109.95

274 pages
978-1-4094-5396-3
978-1-4094-5397-0
978-1-4724-0458-9

70.00

$124.95

POPULAR BACKLIST
The Cultural Leadership
Handbook
How to Run a Creative Organization
Robert Hewison and John Holden
July 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

222 pages
978-0-566-09176-6
978-0-566-09177-3
978-1-4094-5965-1

50.00

$89.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566091766

Museum Educators Handbook


THIRD EDITION
Graeme K. Talboys
April 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

232 pages
978-1-4094-0152-0
978-1-4094-0153-7
978-1-4094-8658-9

68.00

$124.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781409401520

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

19

Human Resources Management and Strategy


www.gowerpublishing.com/hr
The Roles of Organisation
Development

The Handbook of Dealing


with Workplace Bullying

Temporary Agency Work


and Globalisation

Annamaria Garden

Edited by Anne-Marie Quigg

Beyond Flexibility and Inequality

Dr Garden brings her extensive consulting experience


and in-depth knowledge of the field to identify key roles in
organisational development. Her book is a brilliant guide to
making change happen and uses self-assessments, exercises
and a wide range of practical references. It is truly inspirational
and an essential read for all leaders.

This is an excellent resource in the study of workplace


bullying. What sets this book apart is the wide range of
perspectives that have been taken, identifying the multifaceted
nature of the subject. The authors show passion and rigour in
their work, and provide a unique insight into this important
and complex area.
Mark Horan, Huddersfield University, UK

Ralph Lewis, Programme Director,


London Business School, UK

The Roles of Organisation Development introduces a


radically new and original framework to explain organisation
development work and how it is achieved. Dr Garden does
not describe the roles typically thought of in Organisation
Development or Management literature. Instead, she
describes them in terms of: the Seer, Translator, Cultivator,
Catalyst, Navigator, Teacher, and Guardian. These are
presented primarily for OD people, but strategy and
marketing consultants, academics as well as managers
doing OD work will find this framework extremely useful.
Dr Annamaria Garden was trained in her PhD from MIT by
two of the founding fathers of OD: Professor Ed Schein and
Professor Dick Beckhard. The book refers, in places, to their
teaching and interaction.
September 2015 156 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-5414-0
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-5415-7
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-5416-4

45.00

$79.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472454140

Workplace bullying is highly undesirable, destructive and


costly in terms of personal and corporate experience. The
Handbook of Dealing with Workplace Bullying, edited by
Dr Anne-Marie Quigg, has been designed to offer ideas,
inspiration, help and guidance to people who have to respond
to bullying, providing advice that is pertinent in real life. It
provides definitions of workplace bullying, and presents the
collective wisdom and knowledge of management experts
and academics from around the world.
The key themes include understanding the law in each
country represented and the responsibilities of individuals as
well as management teams and governors in organizations.
New case studies are supplied by people working with and
within HR teams who have experience of dealing with the
issue, and practical suggestions that are of use to managers,
to people accused of bullying and also to people who find
they are targets of bullying.
July 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

266 pages
978-1-4724-5517-8
978-1-4724-5518-5
978-1-4724-5519-2

70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472455178

World of Workcraft

Concepts, Critical Themes and a


Framework for Implementation

Rediscovering Motivation and Engagement


in the Digital Workplace

Rozana Huq

Dale Roberts

How do you empower employees? Organisations are


introducing employee empowerment, but do they really
understanding what it means, and therefore how to
implement it? In The Psychology of Employee Empowerment,
Dr Huq draws on her own research in organisations to deliver
a practice model to help people in management and nonmanagement understand the new roles and behaviours that
they need to adopt if empowerment is to become a reality.

Organisations have started to wrestle with the idea of how


to engage the skills and motivation of the video game
generation; as customers and as employees. Dale Roberts
World of Workcraft provides the context and background to
the need for and potential benefit of gamification as a means
of turning a traditional corporate culture and structure into
a dynamic community.

September 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

242 pages
978-1-4094-4890-7
978-1-4094-4891-4
978-1-4724-0800-6

70.00

$124.95

Gamification is the concept of applying engaging elements


of game theory to non-game applications, and its practical
application is part of the disruptive innovation that offers
businesses radical new ways of working, learning and
performing. World of Workcraft provides guidance on how to
(and how not to) introduce these concepts successfully.
July 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

172 pages
978-1-4724-2905-6
978-1-4724-2906-3
978-1-4724-2907-0

35.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472429056

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409448907

By taking temporary labour placement as a strategic lens of


analysis, the contributors shed new light on the intersections
between changes in the macro political economy, industrial
reconfigurations and regulatory adjustments, and individual
experiences and perceptions. Well written and exceptionally
coherent, the volume makes important contributions to
the studies of labour relations, globalization, migration
and neoliberalism.
Xiang Biao, University of Oxford, UK
This edited collection provides a comprehensive overview
of TAW, in an international context, revealing how the
temporary agency work (TAW) industry is intertwined with
the changing relationship between the state, corporations
and labour unions at the institutional-structural level, and
also the perceptions and experiences of ordinary workers
in everyday practice. By combining global and local forces,
macro and micro levels of analysis, and theoretical and
empirical investigations, the book offers fresh insights into
recurring issues of labour flexibility and inequality, making
practical suggestions and facilitating fruitful cross-national
collaborations.
April 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

260 pages
978-1-4724-4785-2
978-1-4724-4786-9
978-1-4724-4787-6

70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472447852

The Laws of the


Knowledge Workplace

The Psychology of
Employee Empowerment

Rozana Huq bridges the gaps in knowledge in the


management domain and draws attention to the positive
and negative psychological implications for employees
of the practice of empowerment that are often ignored
by leaders and managers. This book is a resource for any
business or organisation genuinely interested in employee
empowerment, and for those with a responsibility for
teaching it.

Edited by Huiyan Fu

$64.95

Changing Roles and the Meaning of Work


in Knowledge-Intensive Environments
Edited by Dariusz Jemielniak
It focuses on the ways knowledge workers define, organize
and make sense of their workplace. Moreover, it presents
studies from different cultural contexts, and this international
perspective is still insufficiently researched and described. In
my opinion this book is critical reading for anyone who wants
to understand the nature, and multidimensional character
of knowledge work.
Beata Glinka, The University of Warsaw, Poland
In The Laws of the Knowledge Workplace, Dr Jemielniak
has collected research-based chapters providing deep,
interdisciplinary insight into knowledge professions,
addressing issues of professional identity, emotion, power
and authority, trust and indoctrination, and management
behaviour. The accounts and studies in this book come
from management, organization studies, sociology, and
anthropology of work perspectives and are fully international
in scope. They highlight the scale of the serious changes
in occupational roles and to the meaning of work that is
taking place in knowledge-intensive environments and
give a pointer to what might constitute good and bad
management practice in knowledge-intensive companies.
September 2014 178 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-2388-7
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-2389-4
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-2390-0

60.00

$104.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472423887

20

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Human Resources Management and Strategy


Towards Organizational Fitness

A Field Guide for


Organisation Development

Deception in Selection

A Guide to Diagnosis and Treatment


Gerry Randell and John Toplis

Taking Theory into Practice

Max A. Eggert

A healthy organisation is a lot like a well-tuned human


body, say two of the UKs most celebrated thinkers on the
topic. Though the analogy is a little over-deployed, Towards
Organizational Fitness does feel like a world-leading medical
manual for ailing businesses. Randell and Toplis deliberately
avoided writing a textbook, and this accessible text covers
diagnosing, understanding and fixing organisational flaws
in an intelligent, informed manner. You sense it will become
a classic in its field, even if it is notable how simple the fixes
turn out to be: a few bad apples or one localised problem
can send an entire company over the edge.

Edited by Ed Griffin, Mike Alsop, Martin Saville


and Grahame Smith
A Field Guide for Organisation Development offers a
variety of perspectives and experiences from researchers
and practitioners on Organisation Development, a concept
that many organisations find difficult to tackle. From
organisational health and planning and managing complex
change, through to working with external consultants and
using data wisely, the comprehensive guide covers issues that
continue to challenge organisations of all shapes and sizes.
HR Magazine

People Management
Towards Organizational Fitness is about the people who work
in organizations and addresses two main issues: firstly, how
to investigate and manage problems involving people at
work; secondly, how to assess and develop the capability
and fitness of an organization.
The message is clear; organizations should not proceed
to change any of their policies, procedures, processes or
practices until a systematic thorough diagnosis of the root
cause underpinning the need to change has taken place.
The book provides managers with a conceptual and practical
guide for achieving this.
July 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

176 pages
978-1-4724-2262-0
978-1-4724-2263-7
978-1-4724-2264-4

65.00

$109.95

Through contributions from leading organisation


development practitioners with unparalleled experience,
A Field Guide for Organisation Development answers four
questions: What is OD and why does it matter? Where does
OD fit and who does it? How do you actually do OD? How
do you know if its worked and prove the benefit?
This book provides a bridge between the theory and history
of OD and the actual work of those practising it in the field.
It is as comprehensive a resource to support the practice
of Organisation Development as can be found anywhere.
April 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

322 pages
978-1-4094-4049-9
978-1-4094-4050-5
978-1-4724-0163-2

65.00 $109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409440499

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472422620

Human Nature

Working at a Distance

A Guide to Managing Workplace Relations

A Global Business Model for Virtual


Team Collaboration
Cassandra J. Smith
Many projects fail in the virtual environment because
project managers rely on the assumptions and
communication strategies they use in the face-to-face
environment. Smiths Virtual Team Global Business Model
makes a significant contribution to working and learning
at a distance because she provides a concrete model that
helps managers examine their assumptions and tailor their
communication practices to work effectively at a distance.

Howard R. Jacobs, School of Education,


Capella University, USA

Organizations are implementing virtual teams using web


technologies as a cost-effective measure for training and
project development. In Working at a Distance, Cassandra
Smith provides a detailed, comprehensible virtual team
business model for managers, professionals, teachers
or students involved globally with such initiatives.
May 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

216 pages
978-1-4724-2523-2
978-1-4724-2524-9
978-1-4724-2525-6

70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472425232

$119.95

Greg Clydesdale

Interviewees and the Psychology of Deceit


Deception in Selection delves into its examination with both
broad perspective and focused inquiry. Long before coining
the Liars Index concept, I became progressively alert to the
degree of deception imbedded in the process of employment
selection. In a career spanning both corporate and consulting
selection experiences, I have stumbled enough along the way
that I have applied increasing discipline to the process, both in
my own work and that of my clients. The often undetected risk
is in missing a candidates self-deceptionwhere an honest
falsehood results from ones inaccurate sense of who they
truly are. Digging into this book can help both screener
and candidate in keeping each other honest.
Jude Werra CMC, Jude M. Werra & Associates, LLC
December 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

198 pages
978-1-4094-4561-6
978-1-4094-4562-3
978-1-4094-7477-7

55.00

$99.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409445616

Beyond Goals
Effective Strategies for Coaching
and Mentoring
Edited by Susan David, David Clutterbuck,
and David Megginson
What a relief. Finally an academically sound and engrossing
recognition that goals in coaching are simultaneously central
and irrelevant. Demonstrating lifes elegant non-linearity, the
authors ask us to question current coaching lore and to build
an up-to-date understanding of the real nature of goals in
coaching and mentoring. A mind-opening feast.
Nancy Kline, Founding President, Time To Think

Humans are weird! They can be emotional, irrational and


often unpredictable, yet as their manager, it is your job to
get the best out of them. In fact they are often the key to your
success. Sadly, humans do not come with an instruction
manual which lists their technical specifications.

The presence of goals in coaching and mentoring programs


has gone largely unquestioned, yet evidence is growing that
the standard prescription of SMART, challenging goals is not
always appropriate and even potentially dangerous in the
context of a complex and rapidly changing world.

In Human Nature, Greg Clydesdale argues that even where


human nature is addressed at a conceptual level; the link
between theory and what actually happens in the workplace
is usually weak and often fails to recognize that social ability
is probably the defining aspect. Students are expected to
understand the concepts but are left to themselves to grasp
the workplace implications. It is an intense focus on human
nature and the link between a conceptual understanding of
it and what actually happens in the workplace that makes
this book so valuable.

Beyond Goals advances standard goal-setting theory by


bringing together cutting-edge perspectives from leaders in
coaching and mentoring. From psychology to neuroscience,
from chaos theory to social network theory, the contributors
offer diverse and compelling insights into both the
advantages and limitations of goal pursuit. The result
is a more nuanced understanding of goals.

December 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

200 pages
978-1-4724-1679-7
978-1-4724-1680-3
978-1-4724-1681-0

60.00 $104.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472416797

September 2013 378 pages


Hardback
978-1-4094-1851-1 55.00
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-1852-8
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-0167-0

$99.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409418511

Collaborating for Results


Silo Working and Relationships that Work
David Ian Willcock
This is a thoughtful and very perceptive examination of
our natural tendency to want to work within silos and the
problems this creates for businesses, small and large. The
strategies suggested for encouraging collaboration both
within and across different organisations are practical,
sensible and easily implemented. They should be widely
and universally adopted.
Alan Cook CBE, Chairman, Highways Agency, UK
July 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

238 pages
978-1-4094-6429-7 74.00
978-1-4094-6430-3
978-1-4094-6431-0

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409464297

Get exclusive rewards at www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

21

Human Resources Management and Strategy


Smart Flexibility

Global HR

BESTSELLER

Moving Smart and Flexible Working


from Theory to Practice

Challenges Facing the Function

Requisite Organization

Andy Lake

March 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

I like this book. I liked the authors use of humour to get


the point across. I liked the layout of the chapters and how
the books gentle meadow-stream flow from one chapter to the
next was perfect for people like me. I like the arguments that
he presented, and I appreciated the effort put into excellent
research with real-world examples
Quality World
January 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

310 pages
978-0-566-08852-0
978-0-7546-9208-9
978-1-4094-7337-4

75.00

$134.95

Peter Reilly and Tony Williams


336 pages
978-1-4094-0278-7
978-1-4094-0279-4
978-1-4094-5934-7

79.00

$139.95

SECOND EDITION

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409402787

Elliott Jaques
January 1997
Hardback

Human Resources or
Human Capital?

55.00

Managing People as Assets


February 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

POPULAR BACKLIST

290 pages
978-0-566-07940-5

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566079405

Andrew Mayo

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088520

A Total System for Effective Managerial


Organization and Managerial Leadership
for the 21st Century

356 pages
978-1-4094-2285-3
978-1-4094-2286-0
978-1-4094-5933-0

See Also
74.00

$134.95

Creating Healthy Workplaces


page 16

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409422853

BESTSELLER

HyperThinking

BESTSELLER

Creating a New Mindset for the Age


of Networks

Gower Handbook of Leadership


and Management Development

Philip Weiss
November 2012
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

186 pages
978-1-4094-2845-9
978-1-4094-2846-6
978-1-4094-8456-1

FIFTH EDITION
25.00

$44.95

February 2010
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409428459

Managing Value in Organisations


New Learning, Management,
and Business Models
Donal Carroll
MANAGING VALUE IN ORGANISATIONS WAS SHORTLISTED
IN THE MANAGEMENT AND LEADERSHIP TEXTBOOK
CATEGORY OF THE CMI MANAGEMENT BOOK OF THE YEAR
COMPETITION 2013. CMI CONSIDER THE SHORTLISTED
AND WINNING BOOKS AS MANAGEMENT GOLD
October 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

302 pages
978-1-4094-2647-9
978-1-4094-2648-6
978-1-4094-6042-8

79.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409426479

Edited by Jeff Gold, Richard Thorpe and Alan Mumford

$139.95

614 pages
978-0-566-08858-2
978-0-7546-9213-3
978-1-4094-5869-2

100.00 $180.00

Gower Handbook of People in Project


Management
page 43
Human Resource Management in the
Project-Oriented Organization
page 38
Measuring Performance
page 32

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088582

BESTSELLER
Smart Working
page 26

Systems Leadership
Creating Positive Organisations
Ian Macdonald, Catherine Burke and Karl Stewart
November 2006
Hardback and CD
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

312 pages
978-0-566-08700-4
978-0-7546-8313-1
978-1-4094-5792-3

65.00

$99.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087004

The Digital Renaissance of Work


page 25

HR Business Partners
Ian Hunter, Jane Saunders, Allan Boroughs
and Simon Constance
January 2006
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

184 pages
978-0-566-08625-0
978-0-7546-8299-8
978-1-4094-5786-2

68.00

Talking Safety
page 15

Working Together
page 49

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566086250

22

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Human Resources Management and Strategy


Communication

www.gowerpublishing.com/internalcommunication

Exploring Internal
Communication

POPULAR BACKLIST

Towards Informed Employee Voice

The Culture Builders

BESTSELLER

THIRD EDITION

Exploring Internal Communication is the essential primer


for both students and practitioners keen to understand the
roots and dynamics of internal communication. The breadth of
research is impressive, as is the effort made to provide a clear,
coherent line of sight from theory to practice. For all the rigour,
it remains an accessible read with a strong narrative appeal.
Steve Doswell, Chief Executive,
Institute of Internal Communication, UK

This third edition of Exploring Internal Communication


includes new chapters on the history of internal
communication, the evolution of employee engagement,
the current state of practice, change communication,
storytelling, research and measurement, an internal
communication measurement dashboard, intranet
management, and internal social media.
It argues that internal communication practice is about
keeping employees informed and at the same time giving
them a voice that is treated seriously.
The book is both a companion for internal communication
courses and an exploration of key concepts for a strategic
approach to practice that underpins employee engagement.
March 2015
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

220 pages
978-1-4724-3067-0
978-1-4724-3068-7
978-1-4724-3069-4

30.00

$54.95

Jane Sparrow
It is easy to forget the people element in challenging
times with sights focused solely on hitting targets. Yet a sound
employee engagement strategy enables an organisation to
retain its top talent and reap the benefits of a loyal workforce
committed to the future success of the business. The Culture
Builders is a practical guide to support you to achieve these
aims, and is written with clear passion, sharing many inspiring
examples of best practice.
David Williams, CEO Impact International, (A Sunday Times
Best Small Company to Work For since 2005)
October 2012
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

260 pages
978-1-4094-3724-6
978-1-4094-3725-3
978-1-4094-8392-2

25.00 $44.95

Communicating Projects
page 44
Corporate Reputation
page 16
Demystifying Communications Risk
page 17
Reinventing Communication
page 44

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409437246

Solvency II
page 10

BESTSELLER

Gower Handbook of
Internal Communication

What's Your Business?


page 34

SECOND EDITION
Edited by Marc Wright
PRIZE: IVCA CLARION AWARD WINNER 2010 IN PRINTED
MATERIAL CATEGORY, IN RECOGNITION OF THE WORK
CARRIED OUT FOR PUBLIC SECTOR COMMUNICATION

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472430670

The Velvet Revolution at Work


The Rise of Employee Engagement, the Fall
of Command and Control
John Smythe

July 2009
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

496 pages
978-0-566-08689-2
978-0-7546-9097-9
978-1-4094-5851-7

100.00 $180.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566086892

A must-read for anyone trying to increase employee


engagement to deliver better business results. It blows
apart myths but also gives tangible ways to improve.
It clearly illustrates a better way of leadership that is needed
if companies are to survive and thrive. It left me personally
motivated and inspired to tackle a difficult topic with
renewed vigour.
Jane Reed-Thomas Head of Communications,
General Insurance Group Communications,
Zurich Insurance Company Ltd

Always On
page 33

Leadership Strategies for Employee


Performance

Edited by Kevin Ruck

See Also

September 2013 312 pages


Paperback
978-1-4094-4324-7
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-4325-4
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-0057-4

25.00

$49.95

BESTSELLER

Making the Connections


Using Internal Communication to
Turn Strategy into Action
SECOND EDITION
Bill Quirke
June 2008
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

384 pages
978-0-566-08780-6
978-1-4094-0516-0
978-1-4094-6061-9

30.00

$54.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087806

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409443247

The CEO: Chief Engagement


Officer

Communicating Strategy
Phil Jones

Turning Hierarchy Upside Down to


Drive Performance

February 2008
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

198 pages
978-0-566-08810-0
978-0-7546-8288-2
978-1-4094-6054-1

John Smythe

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088100

25.00

$49.95

PRIZE: WINNER OF THE BOOK AWARD IN THE BEST


LEARNING CATEGORY, IVCA (THE INTERNATIONAL VISUAL
COMMUNICATION ASSOCIATION), 2007 CLARION AWARDS
June 2007
226 pages
Paperback
978-0-566-08561-1
25.00 $49.95
ebook PDF
978-0-7546-8180-9
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-6051-0
www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566085611

2-Volume Set
John Smythe
November 2013
Paperback Set

538 pages
978-1-4724-2911-7

40.00

$74.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472429117

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

23

Human Resources Management and Strategy


Diversity and Culture in Business
Man-Made
Why So Few Women Are in Positions
of Power
Eva Tutchell and John Edmonds
Man Made gives a graphic, very realistic and convincing
account of the injustices that women still endure in our society.
The information is well researched, revealing and, often, frankly
breathtaking. Anyone concerned about equality and civil rights
should study the radical proposals set out clearly in this very
readable and truly illuminating call to action.
Baroness Kinnock, former Foreign Office Minister and MEP
Eva Tutchell and John Edmonds Man-Made looks at women
in business, government and not-for-profit organizations to
explore the reasons behind and the solutions to the gross
underrepresentation of women in leadership positions. Along
the way, the authors look at the value of work for women and
vice versa; how women are seen and how they are expected
to behave; the impact of prejudice and discrimination;
how some women have succeeded against the odds.
The text draws on the authors interviews with over 100
successful UK and international business women from
across sectors, academic research, and the authors own
experience to offer a rigorous and convincing analysis,
along with a pragmatic set of recommendations for change.
March 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

304 pages
978-1-4724-3212-4
978-1-4724-3213-1
978-1-4724-3214-8

45.00

$79.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472432124


See Also

Skilled Migration, Expectation


and Reality
Chinese Professionals and the Global
Labour Market
Ying Lu, Ramanie Samaratunge
and Charmine E.J. Hrtel
In Skilled Migration, Expectation and Reality the authors
offer the findings of their research into the acculturation
and integration issues confronting professional chinese
immigrants in the Australian labour market. This
rigorous quantitative and qualitative study is one of the
first systematic examinations of acculturation to focus
specifically on the workplace. It reveals fascinating insights
regarding the strategies that professional immigrants are
forced into because they are unable to find appropriate
channels through which to integrate and assimilate into
the host society.
January 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

24

220 pages
978-1-4724-1967-5
978-1-4724-1968-2
978-1-4724-1969-9

70.00

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472419675

POPULAR BACKLIST
Diversity in the Workplace
Multi-disciplinary and International
Perspectives
Edited by Stefan Grschl
August 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

222 pages
978-1-4094-1196-3 74.00
978-1-4094-1197-0
978-1-4094-6026-8

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409411963

Women in Management
Worldwide
Progress and Prospects
SECOND EDITION
Edited by Marilyn Davidson and Ronald J. Burke
June 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

414 pages
978-0-566-08916-9
978-0-566-08917-6
978-1-4094-5947-7

75.00 $129.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566089169

Equality, Diversity and


Opportunity Management

BESTSELLER

Managing the Multi-Generational


Workforce

Costs, Strategies and Leadership


Tony Morden
Tony Morden has written an exceptional book of great value
both to practitioners and to the general reader. It explains
and it challenges and is full of useful case histories. It is
meticulously researched and lucidly explained. It is an
essential companion for all those with an interest in
equality management.

Cyberconnecting
page 3
Managing Religious Diversity in the
Workplace
page 3

www.gowerpublishing.com/diversity

Lord Shipley, House of Lords, former Leader of


Newcastle-upon-Tyne City Council, UK
August 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

422 pages
978-1-4094-3278-4 85.00
978-1-4094-3279-1
978-1-4094-7456-2

From the GI Generation to the Millennials


Robert G. DelCampo, Lauren A. Haggerty,
Meredith Jane Haney and Lauren Ashley Knippel
December 2010
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

114 pages
978-1-4094-0388-3
978-1-4094-0389-0
978-1-4094-6012-1

25.00 $39.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409403883

$149.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409432784

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Knowledge and Information Management


www.gowerpublishing.com/knowledge
Dealing with Disruption

Innovating Professional Services

The Digital Renaissance of Work

Lessons from the Publishing Industry

Transforming Value and Efficiency

Michael N. Ross

Alastair Ross

Delivering Digital Workplaces Fit


for the Future

Many publishing models have emerged over the last 10 years,


and technology has made the mechanics of publishing in
general, and web publishing in particular, easier. As a result,
the role of the professional publisher is being challenged,
and issues of quality and trust are now competing with
easy access to information. Publishing, in all its forms, can
be viewed as a conspicuous bellwether for any business
that must make strategic and tactical adjustments quickly
in order to innovate and grow and Ross applies principles
from both consumer and educational publishing to explore
publishings ongoing sea change and its implications for
other industries.

Lots of initiatives are launched but many fail to deliver any


discernible business outcome and yet clients are screaming
out for better ways of doing business. This practical book
filled with insights, case studies and useful tools offers a
blueprint for the creation of a sustainable innovation system.
I recommend you read it for the benefit of your clients.

December 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

110 pages
978-1-4724-5687-8
978-1-4724-5688-5
978-1-4724-5689-2

65.00 $109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472456878

Management Practice
and Creative Destruction
Existential Skills for Inquiring Managers,
Researchers and Educators
Steven Segal
Philosophy still matters for management and Steven Segals
book makes this point clear. Philosophy provides an informed,
reflective, and intelligent way to interrogate, evaluate and
change ones practices. As you read this book just let it disrupt
you; let it guide you to live philosophically as a practically
wise manager, let it open you to understand and welcome your
own anxieties about your practice. Wise practice starts with
understanding the difficult things in life rather than shying
away from them. We all need help and guidance to do this
and Segal has much to offer in this regard.
David Rooney, Macquarie University, Australia
In Management Practice and Creative Destruction, Steven
Segal changes our understanding both of management and
research through his exploration of the concept of Creative
Destruction. He explains how progress and development
can also have negative and destructive effects within the
same environment, and that in order to embrace new ways
of doing things it is necessary to let go of the old. This is
both frightening and exciting.
The book finds new ways of looking at management and
provides a framework for managers, management educators,
theorists and researchers to turn moments of creative
disruption into opportunities for curios inquiry into their
practices. It fully explores a mode of inquiry that is only
beginning to emerge in management research and theory.
August 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

310 pages
978-1-4724-2488-4
978-1-4724-2489-1
978-1-4724-2490-7

75.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472424884

$129.95

Andrew Clinton, Managing Partner, ASB Law LLP


Innovating Professional Services provides a practical and
detailed guide for change agents and leaders who are
seeking to transform their firms performance through
innovation. Alastair Ross draws heavily on his 10 years of
applying best practice techniques that created measurable
improvements for leading law, business service and
consulting firms.
Multiple case studies are used to help demonstrate
the opportunities and challenges of driving major
improvement through innovation. Read this book to see
how it is possible to increase client value and reduce cost.
May 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

298 pages
978-1-4724-2791-5
978-1-4724-2792-2
978-1-4724-2793-9

70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472427915

Comparative Causal Mapping


The CMAP3 Method

For any organisation trying to get beyond the visual


symbols of new ways of working to deliver high-performance
workplaces that are manageable and deliver for staff and
customers, this is the most coherent and pragmatic text
Ive come across.
Chris Yapp, BCS
The Digital Renaissance of Work: Delivering Digital Workplaces
Fit for the Future takes the reader on a journey into the
emerging technology-led revival of work. Paul Millers follow
up to his critically acclaimed The Digital Workplace picks up
the story to provide organizations with an understanding of
the structural and organizational implications the emerging
technology has for the workplace. His insights, backed by the
considerable research of the Digital Workplace Forum, offer
a lifeline to organizations needing to make better sense of a
very uncertain future.
October 2014
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

240 pages
978-1-4724-3720-4
978-1-4724-3721-1
978-1-4724-3722-8

20.00 $39.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472437204

BIALL Handbook of Legal


Information Management
SECOND EDITION
Edited by Loyita Worley and Sarah Spells

Mauri Laukkanen and Mingde Wang

Acclaim for the first edition:-

This book presents in a highly accessible yet scholarly form,


an introduction to the theory and practice of comparative
(cognitive) causal mapping (CCM), centred on the authors
CMAP3 software. Although the authors main focus is on
their own particular approach, there are many useful insights
and lessons for all users of CCM techniques, novices and
experienced users alike.
Gerard P. Hodgkinson, University of Warwick, UK
The cognitive movement has proven robust, with CCM
methods and research serving not only scientific, typically
explorative objectives, but also pragmatic purposes such as
problem solving and decision support, systems planning and
organizational interventions.
Comparative Causal Mapping is an essential introduction
to causal (cognitive) mapping exploring the different
interpretations and motives for using them, the technical
aspect of using CMAP3 (a thoroughly revised version of
an original 1998 CCM-CMAP3 guide) in different research
situations, and typical cases of CM/CCM-research.
The book will appeal to both academic and professional
audiences, in particular to doctoral students and experienced
researchers looking for new topics and method approaches,
but also to practitioners in fields such as management
training and knowledge management.
April 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Paul Miller and Elizabeth Marsh

270 pages
978-1-4724-3993-2
978-1-4724-3994-9
978-1-4724-3995-6

70.00

Contributors are highly regarded within the legal information


sector. The book is primarily intended for legal information
professionals, whether new or experienced. However, much
will be of interest and relevance to information professionals
working in other sectors too, as it covers topics such as the
management of library and information systems, financial
management, staff management, copyright and data
protection.
Library and Information Update
The second edition of this popular handbook has been
thoroughly updated by the original team of experts and some
new contributors, to provide current best practice guidance
on the key legal information issues for every type of service.
This valuable handbook continues to be an important
professional reference tool for managers and staff of all
types of legal information services, and will help them with
the challenges they face in their work every day.
August 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

452 pages
978-1-4094-2396-6
978-1-4094-2397-3
978-1-4724-0025-3

85.00

$149.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781409423966

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472439932

Get exclusive rewards at www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

25

Knowledge and Information Management


The Out-of-Home Immersive
Entertainment Frontier
Expanding Interactive Boundaries
in Leisure Facilities
Kevin Williams and Michael Mascioni
What an interesting book ... belongs on the shelves of
industry insiders, those who want to see the expansion of
what we think of digital-out-of-home, and those who are trying
to make it happen. ... What makes this book a worthy read is
that those in the other verticals can gather a lot of insight for
their own projects ... Is this worth putting on your bookshelf?
I think so.
Paul Flanigan, Executive Director,

Digital Screenmedia Association
Digital Out of Home Entertainment is transforming the
customer experience in shops, cinemas, museums; almost
any environment where consumers are congregating. This
book provides a state of play exploration of the successes,
the emerging new applications and the strategies that inform
them--and is an essential guide for entertainment executives
as well as those involved in retailing, the hotel industry,
mobile communications, museums and heritage.
June 2014
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

216 pages
978-1-4724-2695-6
978-1-4724-2696-3
978-1-4724-2697-0

19.99

$39.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472426956

Business School Libraries


in the 21st Century
Edited by Tim Wales
Todays business leaders current and future face huge
volumes of data, changing information formats and expanding
channels of communication networks. With such clients,
business school libraries are in the vanguard of institutional
thinking, policy and application of technology. This book
describes how the worlds leading business school librarians
are facing up to this challenge and reveals lessons to libraries
of all kinds.
Helen Edwards, SKOLKOVO Moscow School

of Management, Russia
In this unique book a respected group of business library
directors from prestigious institutions around the world
come together to reflect on the key challenges facing their
libraries today, from change management to technology and
communications to space. They document the state of the
sector during a time of fundamental change, draw on their
own local contexts to explore topics and concepts and share
their insights into what the future might bring.
February 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

248 pages
978-1-4094-6565-2
978-1-4094-6566-9
978-1-4094-6567-6

65.00

$109.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781409465652

Making Sense of
Organizational Learning
Putting Theory into Practice

Decision Sourcing

POPULAR BACKLIST
Participative Transformation

Dale Roberts and Rooven Pakkiri

Learning and Development in


Practising Change

Reading this book has been a delight both because of the


content and the style of writingOverall this is a book I would
strongly recommend to managers with the responsibility for
making sure that intranet, collaboration, socialmedia and
digital workplace platforms deliver value to the organisation.

Roger Klev and Morten Levin

Decision Making for the Agile Social


Enterprise

Martin White, Intranet Focus


May 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

204 pages
978-1-4094-4247-9
978-1-4094-4248-6
978-1-4094-7364-0

55.00

$99.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409442479

John McMackin, Director of Executive and International


Education, Dublin City University Business School, Ireland
May 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

162 pages
978-1-4094-4186-1
978-1-4094-4187-8
978-1-4094-6516-4

65.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409441861

26

$109.95

220 pages
978-1-4094-2378-2
978-1-4094-2379-9
978-1-4094-5644-5

70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409423782

Effective Document
and Data Management
Unlocking Corporate Content
THIRD EDITION

Smart Working

Bob Wiggins
July 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Creating the Next Wave


Anne Marie McEwan
It is more possible than ever to influence and shape our
working environments, our experience of work and each
other. Business leaders who set the conditions and create
engaging, meaningful work through organisational design
and use of the knowledge and creative potential of their
workforces are engaging in smart working.
This book explains that smart working is more than
flexible and mobile working. It is flexibility and autonomy
how people work, not just where and when. It discusses
stimulating and harnessing collective intelligence within
and beyond organisational boundaries, and shows that smart
working is an outcome of designing organisational systems,
working environments and governance principles that are
good for business and for people.

266 pages
978-1-4094-2328-7 70.00
978-1-4094-4625-5
978-1-4094-5630-8

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409423287

Knowledge Sharing
in Professions
Roles and Identity in Expert Communities
Alexander Styhre
August 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

208 pages
978-1-4094-2097-2
978-1-4094-2098-9
978-1-4094-6034-3

70.00

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409420972

Drawing on years of academic research, and experience of


process innovation methodology, Smart Working reviews what
is known about effective management and high performance
work methods and shows how these insights can be used to
advantage.

Information Strategy in Practice

January 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566085796

286 pages
978-1-4094-0456-9
978-1-4094-0457-6
978-1-4094-6014-5

70.00

Elizabeth Orna
March 2004
Paperback

164 pages
978-0-566-08579-6 39.00

$74.95

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409404569

See Also
A Handbook of Practical Wisdom
page 32

Knowledge Management in Healthcare


page 37

Collaborative Wisdom
page 31

Knowledge Management in the


Pharmaceutical Industry
page 36

Cyril Kirwan
Many managers and students struggle with understanding
what learning means, and what they can do to get better at it.
This book answers both of these questions in a very accessible
way, and will be an invaluable resource for managers,
students and educators. It offers specific, actionable insights
on how to improve learning for yourself, your team and your
organisation.

July 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Cyber Security Management


page 14
Digital Dieting
page 49
Excellence through Mind-Brain Development
page 27
Integrity in Government through Records
Management
page 18

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

Smart Flexibility
page 22
The Evolution of Strategic Foresight
page 32
The Laws of the Knowledge Workplace
page 20
The New Natural Resource
page 8

GOWER

Leadership, Governance and CSR


www.gowerpublishing.com/governance
Mapping Motivation
Unlocking the Key to Employee Energy
and Engagement
James Sale
What is motivation, and why do we need it? This book
tackles these questions as well as introducing core concepts
on how motivation relates to fundamental issues such as
performance and productivity, and its role in a number of
key management functions: team building, performance
appraisal, leadership development, engagement and change
management. Mapping Motivation is based on Motivational
Maps, created by James Sale and over ten years of research
into motivation and performance, and is therefore the
definitive book on motivation, its language and metrics.
January 2016
210 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-5927-5 45.00
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-5928-2
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-5929-9
www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472459275

$89.95

The Social Domain in CSR


and Sustainability
A Critical Study of Social Responsibility
among Governments, Local Communities
and Corporations
Monica Thiel
In this fascinating book Monica Thiel discusses the lack of
social responsibility engagement with local communities by
corporations and governments. She also debates the absence
of reciprocal social responsibility and sporadic participation
from individuals and local communities themselves. Monica
sheds light specifically on the social domain within CSR and
Sustainability, an area that has received remarkably little
detailed coverage. With business, government and local
community leaders faced with challenging societal constraints
and consumer and public demands on a daily basis these
practical tools will put readers in a better position to manage
and develop CSR and sustainability strategies.
October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

112 pages
978-1-4724-5637-3
978-1-4724-5638-0
978-1-4724-5639-7

65.00

$109.95

Excellence through
Mind-Brain Development

Reframing the Leadership


Landscape

The Secrets of World-Class Performers

Creating a Culture of Collaboration

Harald S. Harung and Frederick Travis

Roger Hayes and Reginald Watts

Peak performance researchers, such as Dr Harald Harung


and Dr Fred Travis, have uncovered the key active ingredient
in peak performance - mind-brain development. They found
an integrated state of brain functioning to be a common
neurophysiological signature in the world-class athletes,
CEOs, and musicians they have studied.

This book is a must read because in our world problems have


acquired a wicked nature, they are complex. So leaders need
to bear in mind that solutions can only be found through
collaborative approaches.

David K. Williams, Forbes Magazine


This research-based book explains how, with higher
mind-brain development; knowledge and skills become
more useful, relationships more enriching, and actions
more effective. Using the experiences of top performers like
David Lynch, Jerry Seinfeld, Pel, Sir Roger Bannister, Billie
Jean King, Sir Alex Ferguson and Stephen Covey, the authors
show how people that excel have a much more orderly,
restfully alert and economic brain.
August 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

210 pages
978-1-4724-6201-5
978-1-4724-6202-2
978-1-4724-6203-9

65.00

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472462015

Using the Tools of Business to Create


Public Good
SECOND EDITION
Tom Levitt
Review of Previous Edition
Society is a complex web of mutually dependent stakeholders
who need each other to be successful and sustainable but
who are constantly having to re-evaluate their roles and
relationships as the world and our values change this book
explains the dilemmas currently being faced by these different
groups and seeks to explain a way forward so that all elements
of society can benefit.
Richard Ellis, Director of Corporate Social Responsibility,
Alliance Boots Group
This second edition of Welcome to GoodCo updates the
authors critically acclaimed analysis of how the tools of
business are being (and ought to be) used to help tackle the
great problems of both the planet and of local communities.
In exploring the increasingly politically relevant issue of
responsible capitalism and its variations he asks what
it means, where it came from, why politicians are so timid
around the issue and what exactly are the obstacles this
crusade will have to face.

Dr Roger Hayes and Dr Reginald Watts argue that the


interconnected and interdependent world requires leaders
to adopt a more holistic and inclusive approach.
The NEW normal must be navigated, negotiated, networked
and a narrative built around it. Aggressive individualism
is no longer a sustainable basis for companies needing to
deliver social and economic value, now, enterprises must
change to balance stakeholder expectations. The tool kit is
here, ready to be unpacked. The only question is whether
aspirant leaders are sensitive enough to read the signals and
develop the skills needed to create an essential collaborative
paradigm, which they must do if they wish to regain trust, fill
the leadership void and help reshape a sustainable future.

The Tone From the Top


How Behaviour Trumps Strategy

208 pages
978-1-4724-5870-4
978-1-4724-5871-1
978-1-4724-5872-8

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472458704

55.00

$99.95

Ian Muir
This is an important book in the ongoing discussion
of Tone at the Top. Beginning with a survey of top
management makes it stand out. Quotes from those seeking
to set the example and embed ethical leadership are telling,
as they understand the difficulties of achieving this. These are
well illustrated in the variety of case studies in Part 2. Whilst
Part 3 may cause readers to stop and think about their own
leadership style, and reflect. Anybody reading this engaging
book will learn from it, and taking heed will contribute to a
better informed, and behaved, leadership in companies, to
the benefit of wider society.
Philippa Foster Black CBE, Director,
Institute of Business Ethics

Many companies have been criticised for weaknesses in


their business ethics, and every year, new scandals and
ethical breaches hit the media. The problem of ethical lapses
however, is not confined to business and there are few
sectors of society that can claim the moral high ground.
In an increasingly transparent world, employee engagement
is founded on trust - of their boss, their department, their
whole enterprise.

Welcome to GoodCo

Elizabeth Filippouli, Founder and CEO


of Global Thinkers Forum (GTF)

April 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472456373

The Tone from the Top: How Behaviour Trumps Strategy will
convince you that the behaviour of leaders and the signals
they send are more important than strategy. In offering a
model for a much more systematic approach, and first hand
evidence from interviews with the chairmen of a quarter of a
trillion pounds of market capitalization (FTSE200 companies),
Ian Muir will persuade you that behaviour and signalling
have a much greater influence on business performance
and ethics than simply communicating a strategy.
June 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

154 pages
978-1-4724-5417-1
978-1-4724-5418-8
978-1-4724-5419-5

45.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472454171

$79.95

The Value Trail


How to Effectively Understand, Deploy
and Monitor Successful Business Models
Marc Sans
A radical new approach to value creation. A breakthrough
contribution to strategic management. In his new book,
Dr Sans combines his deep academic knowledge with his
wide experience as strategic consultant to generate a new,
comprehensive framework to understand and manage the
true sources of competitiveness within firms. An innovative
framework to be used by senior managers, but also a must
for MBAs and graduate business students.

Xavier Ferrs, Dean, Faculty of Business & Communications,


Vic University (Barcelona); Visiting Professor,
ESADE Business School

Value stands as the ultimate trade-off between customers


and companies. The Value Trail by Dr Marc Sans develops a
disruptive new model of strategic analysis based around three
areas of value: Appreciation, Concentration and Predation. A
central issue for most managers is how to capture customer
insights and use them to deliver outstanding products
and services that encompass an irresistible charm for the
customer with a profitable business model. This book allows
the reader to understand how companies can set corporate
goals and leverage internal resources to deliver successful
value propositions, offering a comprehensive approach to
competitive analysis and strategy. Above everything, its about
how to become valuable.
March 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

150 pages
978-1-4724-5256-6
978-1-4724-5257-3
978-1-4724-5258-0

65.00

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472452566

In a world in which businesses of all sizes frequently find


some of their practices at odds with the basic principles of
their customer or citizen promise, Welcome To GoodCo offers
a realistic, commercially hard-nosed approach to reframing
business in society.
September 2015 268 pages
Paperback
978-1-4724-6983-0 25.00
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-6984-7
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-6985-4
www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472469830

$44.95

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

27

Leadership, Governance and CSR


BESTSELLER

Complex Adaptive Leadership


Embracing Paradox and Uncertainty
Nick Obolensky
Review of previous edition:
This would be an ideal text for a masters- or doctoral-level
class on leadership andcomplexityObolenskys (2010)
work is a marvelous resource thatalso includes detailed
and extensive footnotes, meticulous graphs, and practical
questionnaireswhich can be used by leaders to diagnose
their organizations. Obolenskys research on chaos and
complexity combined with leadership practice is thorough,
detailed, and more than a little persuasivehis arguments
are supported by sound research and a strong familiarity
with organization dynamicshe manages to bring his
research into practical organizational applicationI would
recommend [this] book to those graduate-level students of
leadership who are seeking to gain a deeper understanding
of the ways in which macro and micro currents of chaos and
complexity are inviting continued organizational evolution and
adaptive leadership. This book will also be a strong support to
researchers and scholars.
Leadership and Organization Development Journal
Complex Adaptive Leadership, a Gower bestseller, has
been taught in corporate leadership programmes, business
schools and universities around the world to high acclaim.
In this updated paperback edition, the author argues that
leadership is a complex dynamic process and should involve
all those engaged in a particular enterprise.
274 pages
978-1-4724-4791-3
978-1-4724-4792-0
978-1-4724-4793-7

27.50

$49.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472447913

Leadership Meta-Competencies
Discovering Hidden Virtues

David N. Abdulai

Dr Fosters book The Open Organization highlights


the challenges many 21st century organizations face.
Demographics, an aging population, a shrinking workforce,
culture, technology, and a world economy are changing the
way we engage human capital. In The Open Organization,
Dr Foster offers solutions to these pressing challenges and
challenges leaders to rethink outdated organizational models.
Skip Prichard, President & CEO, OCLC, USA
Solutions for the future viability of any organization must be
scalable, agile, self-forming, and self-led. In this 21st century
era it is not difficult to find organizations that are getting it
right. But why should only a handful succeed when there are
boundless opportunities for all organizations to embrace a
new way of thinking and doing? Welcome to the era of the
Open Organization.
In The Open Organization Philip Foster explains how
organizational design requires an ability to share ideas,
knowledge, resources and skills across generational and
cultural boundaries in order to achieve the desired goals.
The book investigates the challenge to find a design that
will address generational, cultural, industry, and other
environmental factors in which the system must operate. It
explores the impact of motivation, culture, and generational
differences on the system defined as an Open Organization.
September 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

212 pages
978-1-4724-4011-2
978-1-4724-4012-9
978-1-4724-4013-6

The meta-competencies discussed in this refreshing book are


timeless virtues of which effective leaders seem to possess:
Existential intelligence the ability to pose questions and
reflect on fundamental issues in ways that develop a
mature ability to interpret the world and better understand
other people;
Phronesis the ability to exercise sound judgement based
on skilful application of moral and political rationality;
Solitude a voluntary state achieved when an individual
has the ability to momentarily withdraw and be free of
external pressures and demands in order to concentrate
on desired mental-cognitive activities.
Trust building the ability to be credible, show trust in
and respect for other people and inspire trust
For anyone wishing to consider hidden or forgotten aspects
of leadership competence this book introduces the notion of
meta-competences and deals in detail with them.

162 pages
978-1-4724-1349-9
978-1-4724-1350-5
978-1-4724-1351-2

65.00

$119.95

Socio-Economic Perspectives of CSR


Edited by Samuel O. Idowu, Abubakar S. Kasum
and Asli Yksel Mermod

This detailed study offers long awaited concise solutions on the


highly complex governance mechanism for immigrant families
worldwide starting their business venture on their own.
CampdenFB
Conservative estimates put the proportion of worldwide
business enterprises owned or managed by families at 65%.
The importance of family businesses to the economies of
both developed and developing countries cannot be ignored.
Governance in Immigrant Family Businesses is an important
book. It explores the relationship between ethnic cultural
influence in family businesses and its impact on corporate
governance, addressing the intertwined influences of
contractual, relational and cultural governance mechanisms
and sets out a comprehensive theoretical model which
clarifies the complexities involved in business planning,
family harmony, and ethnic cultural variables. The authors
specifically identify the implications for research, education,
and practice. Application of their model will be of value
to policy makers, consultants, business researchers and
educators.
70.00 $119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409445579
65.00

May 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

People, Planet and Profit


Governance in Immigrant
Family Businesses

232 pages
978-1-4094-4557-9
978-1-4094-4558-6
978-1-4724-0239-4

Neville Gertze, Ambassador of Namibia to Germany


Abdulai believes that, like Asian economies, Africa can
sustain its current growth and development by combining its
abundant natural resources with its human capital to attain
economic development. In African-Centred Management
Education he explains how this will require an African cadre
of well-trained managers at the helm of both private and
public sector institutions. Management education will play
a significant role but it cannot be effective by mimicking
the West in the programmes it delivers. It must come up
with innovative and relevant pedagogy that will address
the special challenges that the continent faces and deliver
an African-centred management education.

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472440112

July 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

I consider this book the first of its kind on the issue of


African-centered management education. The author
provides thought-provoking and radical input on a subject
that is most crucial for Africa to successfully meet its
development objectives and positively change its economic
trajectory. It is an invaluable contribution to much-needed
management literature from an African perspective.

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472413499
65.00

Daphne Halkias and Christian Adendorff

This book is an essential read for board members, the upper


echelons of corporations and those aspiring to be first-rate
leaders. Its a difficult book to put down this has to be
the book of the year.
Professional Manager

200 pages
978-1-4724-2068-8
978-1-4724-2069-5
978-1-4724-2070-1

A New Paradigm for an Emerging Continent

Enterprise, Ethnicity and Family Dynamics

Dimitris Bourantas and Vasia Agapitou

October 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

African-Centred Management
Education

A New Era of Leadership and


Organizational Development
Philip A. Foster

SECOND EDITION

November 2014
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

The Open Organization

People, Planet and Profit is an impressive achievement.


At a time when studies of CSR continue to be dominated
by northern hemisphere concepts and examples this book
extends the parameters for analysis and debate to areas that
hitherto have been neglected. As such People, Planet and
Profit should be essential reading for academics and policy
makers who are serious about contributing to CSR as a
global concept.
Stephen Vertigans, Head of School of Applied Social Studies
Robert Gordon University, UK
Many studies examine the relationship between good
governance within corporations and socially responsible
behaviour. In People, Planet and Profit the emphasis is
on what corporations take from and give back to their
stakeholders when apparently behaving in a corporately
responsible fashion.
Stakeholders, including employees, customers, host
communities, governments and NGOs have diverse interests
and expectations of CSR. This gives rise to questions about
what constitutes CSR and its benefits to todays recipients
and providers.
This book provides thoughtful answers to these questions
and assesses the outcomes of corporate activities both in
developed and developing countries and regions, in terms
of economic progress and social and political advancement.
April 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

298 pages
978-1-4094-6649-9
978-1-4094-6650-5
978-1-4094-6651-2

70.00

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409466499

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472420688

28

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Leadership, Governance and CSR


Organizations

International Multi-Unit
Leadership

A Systems Approach
Stefan Khl
From businesses, public administrations, universities and
schools, to hospitals, prisons, political parties, or the military,
peoples lives are inextricably bound up with organizations
from cradle to grave. Yet we receive little training in how
as members, customers, voters, or patients to deal with
them. In Organizations Stefan Khl asks and answers many
questions. What are these entities that wield such strong
influence in our society? What makes them tick? What are
our options for intervening, either from within or without?
This book explains how organizations function by examining
their three central features: their purposes or goals, their
hierarchies, and their memberships. The author presents
the three aspects of organizations the display, formal, and
informal aspects, explaining them in metaphorical terms
as faades, machines, and games.
December 2013
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

204 pages
978-1-4724-1341-3
978-1-4724-1342-0
978-1-4724-1343-7

Developing Local Leaders in International


Multi-Site Operations
Chris Edger
Both intriguing and refreshing! A book full of grown-up
thinking recognising the absolute requirement for great
local leadership to support international processes. Edger
identifies this as often the difference between a good and a
great business. It is full of intellectual comment based on
the analysis of practice
John Woodward CEO Busy Bees UK/KUE Global
November 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

240 pages
978-1-4094-6070-1 70.00
978-1-4094-6071-8
978-1-4094-6072-5

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409460701
25.00

$44.95

Energy Efficiency

Governance of the
Petroleum Sector in an
Emerging Developing Economy
Edited by Kwaku Appiah-Adu
This book deals with a range of factors that are critical to the
success of managing petroleum resources and hence require
close attention by emerging petroleum producing nations.
The style of the text makes it valuable to a wide spectrum of
readers and I highly recommend it to technical staff involved in
policy making in both oil companies and government agencies.
Additionally, readers who wish to acquaint themselves with
the dynamics of the petroleum industry, scholars in business
schools as well as engineering institutions, business executives
and consultants will find the contents of this book instructive
and an invaluable reference material.

Farouk Al-Kasim, Chief Executive Officer,


Petroteam AS, Norway

August 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

340 pages
978-1-4094-6307-8
978-1-4094-6308-5
978-1-4094-6309-2

70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472413413

The Definitive Guide to the Cheapest,


Cleanest, Fastest Source of Energy

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409463078

Delivering High Performance

Steven Fawkes

The Third Generation Organisation

This book should be required reading for anyone seeking to


better understand our relationship to the energy we use on a
daily basis. Dr Fawkes has struck the right balance in making
the concepts tangible for the lay person without sacrificing the
academic edge. This book comprehensively covers all aspects
of energy efficiency.

American Pragmatism and


Organization

Douglas G. Long
Douglas Longs Third Generation Leadership and the Locus
of Control focused on individuals values, world views and
the behaviours needed to facilitate leadership in the future.
Here, in Delivering High Performance, he concentrates on the
individual, unit and organisational performance tied to Third
Generation Leadership. Leaders constantly seek high levels
of performance and staff engagement; but achieving either
depends on the competence and commitment of individuals
or groups.

Tim Donovan, Chief Executive Officer, HP Energy LLC


October 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

288 pages
978-1-4094-5359-8
978-1-4094-5360-4
978-1-4724-0802-0

65.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453598
Many people are competent to do things, but not prepared to
do them. They lack the willingness, confidence or motivation
the readiness to perform. You can have the most committed
and capable people, yet still miss targets due to other factors
impacting performance.
This is a How to book for those excited by the prospect of
a Third Generation Leadership approach but who still have to
grapple with performance issues.
October 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

182 pages
978-1-4724-1332-1 60.00
978-1-4724-1333-8
978-1-4724-1334-5

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472413321

Third Generation Leadership


and the Locus of Control
Douglas G. Long
September 2012 224 pages
Hardback
978-1-4094-4453-4 74.00
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-4454-1
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-8329-8
www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409444534

$134.95

Issues and Controversies


Edited by Mihaela Kelemen and Nick Rumens
This fascinating book provides a refreshing and stimulating
return to the analysis of pragmatism and neo-pragmatism
in the social sciences. It assesses the work of key figures
associated with the movement and expands this investigation
to consider issues of current intellectual concern to scholars
of economics, institutions and organisations. The various
contributors offer perspectives that are at once original,
critical and reflexive. Simply a must for anyone interested
in the contemporary analysis of pragmatism.
John Hassard, Manchester Business School,
University of Manchester, UK

Leadership Resilience
Lessons for Leaders from the
Policing Frontline

July 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Edited by Jonathan Smith and Ginger Charles


Leadership with integrity and effectiveness has always been
a major challenge, and never more so than in the global crises
we face today. Leaders need resilience, and editors Jonathan
Smith and Ginger Charles are in a prime position to enlighten
us on its importance and how to build it. With a focus on
the police service, who are so often walking the boundaries
of society, the authors provide us with vivid narratives and
practical ways of moving forward to meet challenges with
purpose and inner strength, through experience and reflective
practice. I welcome the holistic approach, bringing mind,
body and spirit together to lead people into the future.
Peter Gilbert, Staffordshire University, UK

Knowledge, Change and Neuroscience


August 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

230 pages
978-1-4094-4068-0
978-1-4094-4069-7
978-1-4094-7470-8

$124.95

70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409440680

$124.95

258 pages
978-1-4094-2786-5
978-1-4094-2787-2
978-1-4094-6047-3

65.00

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409427865

Uncertainty, Diversity
and The Common Good
Changing Norms and New
Leadership Paradigms
Edited by Stefan Grschl
We cannot deny that sustainability, in its broadest sense,
has become one of the most important topics nowadays
and for the future. This book provides an excellent overview
of the challenges the world will face and it does it through
different lenses, creating the seed for a holistic new model
of responsible leadership, basing diversity in the center of
the discussion as a catalyst to change the reality.
Patricia Gabaldon, Professor of Economic Environment,
IE Business School
July 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

226 pages
978-1-4094-5339-0
978-1-4094-5340-6
978-1-4724-0808-2

70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453390

Get exclusive rewards at www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

29

Leadership, Governance and CSR

SERIES

Re-Tayloring Management
Scientific Management a Century On
Edited by Christina Evans and Leonard Holmes
If you ever thought Taylorism was a thing of the past,
then think again! The contributions to this stimulating
and insightful book provide a timely reminder that Taylorist
principles of scientific management are alive and kicking
across numerous sectors of the modern economy, debunking
the myth that modern management is all about engagement
and empowerment. It deserves the widest readership
amongst academics, students and practitioners alike.
Michael Gold, Professor of Comparative Employment
Relations at Royal Holloway University of London, UK
May 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

224 pages
978-1-4094-5075-7 70.00
978-1-4094-5076-4
978-1-4724-0165-6

$119.95

New Normal, Radical Shift


Changing Business and Politics
for a Sustainable Future
Neela Bettridge and Philip Whiteley
Bettridge and Whiteley present a compelling indictment of
conventional measures used to gauge leadership performance
in public and private enterprises. Stressing the illogical
emphases on measures such as growth in GDP or quarterly
earnings as consistent with long-term sustainability they
bring substance to the much-ballyhooed catchphrase of
sustainability that is more often than not part of the feel-good
lexicon of corporate and governmental leaders. George
Bernard Shaw aptly described the thesis of New Normal:
Radical Shift when he wrote that all progress depends
upon the unreasonable man. Bettridge and Whiteley dare to
be unreasonable in offering a prescription for avoiding the
recurring lessons of accounting scandals and asset bubbles
of the 21st century by adoption of leadership assessments
more in sync with todays dynamic global economic and
political climate.
Jim Neal, contributing writer, Newsweek, founder of
The Agema Group and candidate for US Senate 2008
164 pages
978-1-4094-5574-5
978-1-4094-5575-2
978-1-4724-0819-8

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY


Series Editors: Gler Aras and David Crowther
Presenting applied research from an academic perspective on all aspects of corporate social responsibility, this interdisciplinary
series edited by Guler Aras and David Crowther includes titles of interest to all those with an interest in ethics and governance;
corporate behaviour and citizenship; regulation; protest; globalization; responsible marketing; social reporting and sustainability.

Corporate Community
Involvement

Auditor Independence
Auditing, Corporate Governance
and Market Confidence

A Visible Face of CSR in Practice

Ismail Adelopo

Bilge Uyan-Atay

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409450757

April 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/CSR

45.00 $79.95

We know little about corporate community involvement


in developing and advanced developing economies and
this interesting study starts to fill this gap by providing an
insightful analysis of corporate community involvement in
Turkey. The analysis draws on a fascinating primary data set
which is strengthened by extensive interviewing in indigenous
Turkish companies.
Andrew Millington, University of

Bath School of Management, UK
There has been tremendous growth in CCI projects in recent
years and the projects incorporated into some companies
strategy implementation are now so extensive that they are
having a profound impact on community development.
Dr Uyan-Atays systematic analysis of CCI behaviours in
Turkey provides a comparative research context that is
distinct from other environments within which CCI has
hitherto been studied. She explores economic, strategic,
cultural and institutional influences on CCI and goes a
long way to clearing up ambiguity or confusion about
where CCI sits as a manifestation of CSR in action.
February 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

220 pages
978-1-4724-1244-7
978-1-4724-1245-4
978-1-4724-1246-1

70.00 $119.95

The disastrous fall out from corporate and financial


excesses unleashed by decades of deregulation and
shareholder value maximization makes it an urgent necessity
to develop alternatives to the predominant perceptions of
the firm. This book offers an interesting new perspective.
The idea of the balanced firm provides a framework for
improved management of complex stakeholder relationships
in companies and organizations.

Martin Parker, University of Leicester


School of Management, UK
April 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

240 pages
978-0-7546-4963-2 70.00
978-1-4094-5070-2
978-1-4094-7357-2

Territories of Social
Responsibility
Opening the Research and Policy Agenda
Edited by Patricia Ashley and David Crowther
November 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

220 pages
978-1-4094-4852-5
978-1-4094-4853-2
978-1-4094-8440-0

74.00

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409448525

Making Ecopreneurs
Developing Sustainable Entrepreneurship
SECOND EDITION
Edited by Michael Schaper

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088759

The Self as Enterprise

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409434702

The Balanced Company


Edited by Inger Jensen, John Damm Scheuer
and Jacob Dahl Rendtorff

From childhood we seem to be moulded for work, not


play. Peter Kellys new book shows some of the costs and
consequences of aiming to be employable, and making our
lives into careers. The Self as Enterprise is a compelling guide
to the prison we have made, and the possibility of escape.

74.00

July 2010
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Organizing for the 21st Century

Peter Kelly

242 pages
978-1-4094-3470-2
978-1-4094-3471-9
978-1-4094-7133-2

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472412447

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409455745

Foucault and the Spirit of 21st Century


Capitalism

December 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

342 pages
978-0-566-08875-9
978-1-4094-0123-0
978-1-4094-5994-1

75.00

$134.95

A Handbook of Corporate
Governance and Social
Responsibility
Edited by Gler Aras and David Crowther
March 2010
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

716 pages
978-0-566-08817-9
978-0-7546-9217-1
978-1-4094-5991-0

100.00

$180.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088179

Klaus Nielsen, Birkbeck, University of London, UK


December 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

266 pages
978-1-4094-4559-3
978-1-4094-4560-9
978-1-4094-7471-5

65.00

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409445593
$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780754649632

30

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Leadership, Governance and CSR


Energy Management in Business
The Managers Guide to Maximising
and Sustaining Energy Reduction
Kit Oung
the book is an excellent guide to the background and
the practicalities of the implementation of energy reduction
programmes. It introduces all necessary concepts to the busy
manager and environmental expert. It offers this information
in a most readable and accessible way, also for non-experts.
This makes the book unique in the wide and fast-increasing
variety of the publications on energy saving management.
It is compulsory reading in any organisation seeking to reduce
its energy consumption.
International Journal of Environment and Pollution
January 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

278 pages
978-1-4094-5245-4 55.00
978-1-4094-5246-1
978-1-4724-0245-5

$99.95

Meena Thuraisingham with Wolfgang Lehmacher


Why do leaders often get decisions wrong? What can you
do to make better decisions? Integrating case examples and
business experience with research evidence this book skilfully
addresses these two central questions and provides clear
frameworks to enable effective decision making.
Rob Goffee, Emeritus Professor of
Organisational Behaviour, London Business School, UK
26.00 $49.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453277

From Pervasive Logic to Effective


Operational Leadership
Greg Park
Dr Greg Park has produced a highly readable and useful
account of what ethical collaborative wisdom is and its
importance to strategic leadership of the modern enterprise.
In doing so, he provides many deep insights into leadership
and management based upon research and over thirty years
of international business experience. I expect his advocacy
of soft hearted, hard headed pragmatism will resonate with
managers, post experience business students and leaders
alike. I very much enjoyed this book.
Professor Patrick C. Flood, Dublin City
University Business School, Ireland
298 pages
978-1-4094-3460-3
978-1-4094-3461-0
978-1-4094-7354-1

70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409434603

This series shares the studies of academics, researchers, entrepreneurs, policy makers and government officers aiming to
contribute to the progress and overcome the emerging barriers in sustainability. In addition, the linkage of the series studies,
to the newly established Center for Finance, Corporate Governance and Sustainability, will provide the most current research and
debate in this field along with a global perspective.
The series combines strong conceptual analysis, with wide ranging empirical focus, and a wealth of case material. Also included
are summary points, suggestions for further reading, web resources, and an extensive bibliography. The level of presentation is for
graduate students, academics, as well as policy and decision-makers around the world.

Sustainable Markets for


Sustainable Business
A Global Perspective for Business and
Financial Markets

This book makes an important contribution in deepening


our understanding of how the corporate governance continues
to evolve across the world and why it matters. Much of the
existing corporate governance work has focused on the
Anglo-Saxon world. This book, in contrast, fills a significant
void by providing a unique look inside the governance norms
and practices of firms based in emerging markets as well as
family owned businesses.
Sandeep Dahiya, Georgetown University, USA
In Transforming Governance the contributors, guided by
Maria Aluchna and Gler Aras, address the current state,
as well as the development of corporate governance and its
perceived tasks and functions, in response to the changing
market and regulatory environment.
The book addresses the inefficiencies, scandals and crises
as well as the significant shortcomings and current criticism
of shareholder value, the forces which lead to the changing
corporate governance paradigm, and corporate governance
case studies within various organizational and institutional
settings. The books contributors comprise both researchers
and business experts addressing both theoretical and
practical dimensions.

Collaborative Wisdom

January 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Series Editor: Gler Aras

Edited by Maria Aluchna and Gler Aras

How Unconscious Bias Subverts Your


Judgement

FINANCE, GOVERNANCE AND SUSTAINABILITY:


CHALLENGES TO THEORY AND PRACTICE

New Values, New Systems in the New


Business Environment

The Secret Life of Decisions

214 pages
978-1-4094-5327-7
978-1-4094-5328-4
978-1-4724-0816-7

www.gowerpublishing.com/fgands

Transforming Governance

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409452454

January 2013
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

SERIES

$119.95

September 2015 220 pages


Hardback
978-1-4724-5201-6
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-5202-3
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-5203-0

65.00

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472452016

Sustainable Governance
in Hybrid Organizations
An International Case Study of
Water Companies

Edited by Gler Aras


This work demonstrates the multi-dimensional elements
of sustainability, moving beyond conceptions of sustainable
enterprise and industry, to ask fundamental questions
regarding the sustainability of markets. Can markets be
made to work towards sustainable development rather than
environmental destruction? The book highlights how new
modes of regulation, governance, incentives and strategic
thinking are essential to reformulate the fundamental
objectives and operations of economic endeavour towards
sustainable goals.
Thomas Clarke, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia
Today, sustainability risks and opportunities have
become a global imperative and a megatrend for business.
Sustainable Markets for Sustainable Business explores the
relationship between markets and business and sustainable
development, as well as issues such as climate change,
pollution, land degradation and biodiversity loss. Gler Aras
explains how these factors are, in part, the result of market
failures, present in most sectors of the economy.
The worlds markets have the potential to improve the lives
of billions in developing countries, reducing poverty and
securing environmental quality for future generations.
Often they fail to capture the full value of natural resources or
promote the interests of poor people. Therefore, an effective
public policy framework is required. Market governance and
the relationship between the market and political authority
remains a core question at the heart of the sustainability
debate.
April 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

306 pages
978-1-4724-3341-1
978-1-4724-3342-8
978-1-4724-3343-5

75.00

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472433411

Linne Marie Lauesen


This book addresses a topic of current worldwide
significance: the quasi-privatization of water management
services. Based on rich data from Scandinavia (and beyond),
it offers actionable insight into the challenges of implementing
a sustainable (stakeholder-based) governance system that is
suitable for the hybrid organizations that are emerging in this
new global context.
Eva Boxenbaum, Mines ParisTech, France
Linne Marie Lauesen explores how organizational
governance and sustainability are at play within hybrid
organizations, with a particular focus on water companies.
Water companies are highly regulated whilst working
primarily for the betterment of society and on behalf of
generations to come.
Lauesen explains how these organizations manage
to balance their triple bottom lines in order to survive
financially, socially, and environmentally. The author shows
in a clear and accessible way how the model of juxtaposition
between non-profit and for-profit water companies can be
transferred to other business spheres.
July 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

242 pages
978-1-4724-5130-9
978-1-4724-5131-6
978-1-4724-5132-3

70.00 $119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472451309

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

31

Leadership, Governance and CSR


POPULAR BACKLIST
Entrepreneurship
and Sustainability
Business Solutions for Poverty
Alleviation from Around the World
Edited by Daphne Halkias and Paul W. Thurman
September 2012 270 pages
Hardback
978-1-4094-2873-2
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-2874-9
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-6048-0

70.00

$119.95

The Global Business Handbook


The Eight Dimensions of International
Management
Edited by David Newlands and Mark J. Hooper
February 2009
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

612 pages
978-0-566-08747-9
978-0-7546-8137-3
978-1-4094-5889-0

60.00 $109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087479

Grass Roots Leaders

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409428732

The BrainSmart Revolution in Business


Tony Buzan, Tony Dottino and Richard Israel

In Business and Battle


Strategic Leadership in the Civilian
and Military Spheres
Edited by Charles Style, Nicholas Beale
and David Ellery

August 2007
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

258 pages
978-0-566-08802-5
978-0-7546-8777-1
978-1-4094-6058-9

25.00 $25.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088025

SERIES
www.gowerpublishing.com/practicalwisdom

THE PRACTICAL
WISDOM IN LEADERSHIP
AND ORGANIZATION
Series Editors: Wendelin M. Kpers and David J. Pauleen
Gowers Practical Wisdom in Leadership and Organization
series provides a platform for authors to articulate wiser
ways of managing and leading and of reassessing both
practice within organisational settings and organisational
research.

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409433774

February 2002
Paperback

A Stakeholder Approach to
Corporate Social Responsibility

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566076275

Books in this series focus on the art and practice of inquiry


and reflexivity and explicitly connect with challenges
and issues of praxis in the field of organization and
management, be that academic research or in situ
management practice. Rather than offering closure and final
answers, contributions to this series invite further critical
inquiry, interdisciplinary conversations and exploration. The
aim is to engage authors and readers students, academics,
and practitioners alike in reflexive and critical dialogue.

See Also

By thus engaging readers, these books play an important role


in teaching, learning and informing in university classrooms,
management boardrooms, and public policy forums.

August 2012
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

156 pages
978-1-4094-3377-4
978-1-4094-3378-1
978-1-4094-6148-7

25.00

$49.95

Eliyahu M. Goldratt

Pressures, Conflicts, and Reconciliation


Edited by Adam Lindgreen, Philip Kotler,
Jolle Vanhamme and Franois Maon
July 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

460 pages
978-1-4094-1839-9
978-1-4094-1840-5
978-1-4094-5640-7

90.00

$154.95

The Evolution of
Strategic Foresight
Tuomo Kuosa
70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409429869

Game Theory in Management


Modelling Business Decisions
and their Consequences
Michael Hatfield
May 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

214 pages
978-1-4094-4241-7
978-1-4094-4242-4
978-1-4094-5940-8

40.00

Measuring Performance
David Jenkins
68.00 $124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088605

This Handbook of Practical Wisdom is the the first, to


my own knowledge, that is a collection looking at practical
wisdom through several differing lenses, all embedded in an
academic frame. It succeeds on several levels, and I will state
at the outset that anyone interested in the subject should get
it full stop. This is particularly true given the fact that the
book is very well research and organized and will lead you to
almost all the relvant literature currently available in English.
Academy of Management Learning and Education

HyperThinking
page 22
Integrated Assurance
page 14

August 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

246 pages
978-1-4094-3993-6 65.00
978-1-4094-3994-3
978-1-4094-7469-2

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409439936

Integrity in Business
page 15

Sustainable Value Chain Management


page 48
Team Leadership in High-Hazard
Environments
page 14

Strategy Mapping for


Learning Organizations
Building Agility into Your Balanced Scorecard
Phil Jones
338 pages
978-0-566-08811-7 75.00
978-1-4094-3701-7
978-1-4094-5929-3

Edited by Wendelin Kpers and David Pauleen

Risky Rewards
page 12

A Toolkit of Traditional and


Alternative Methods

December 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Leadership, Organization and


Integral Business Practice

Remaking Ourselves, Enterprise and Society


page 4

150 pages
978-0-566-08860-5
978-1-4094-4025-3
978-1-4094-5935-4

A Handbook of Practical Wisdom

$79.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409442417

March 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

The CEO: Chief Engagement Officer


page 23

Decision Sourcing
page 26

Navigating Public Policy Making


282 pages
978-1-4094-2986-9
978-1-4094-2987-6
978-1-4094-5650-6

288 pages
978-0-566-07627-5 19.99

Corporate Strategy in the Age of


Responsibility
page 5

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409418399

July 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Its Not Luck

The Culture Builders


page 23

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088117

32

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Marketing and Branding


www.gowerpublishing.com/marketing
The Principles of
Islamic Marketing

Value Creation and the Internet


of Things

Always On

SECOND EDITION

How the Behavior Economy will Shape


the 4th Industrial Revolution

Arve Peder verland

Baker Ahmad Alserhan


The Principles of Islamic Marketing provides a complete
guide to the requirements an organization needs to follow
when managing its entire marketing function within the
Muslim market or when adapting part of its offering to that
market. This is not a religious book. Its a marketing book
that represents the values behind a business model adopted
by nearly one fifth of the world population; the Islamic
Economic System. This second edition brings the book
up to date and features a number of new case studies
and two additional chapters.
October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

220 pages
978-1-4724-6030-1 55.00
978-1-4724-6031-8
978-1-4724-6032-5

$99.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472460301

Entrepreneurial Marketing
Unpacked
Nickanor Amwata
There is evidence to testify to the fact that new business
ventures face several specific marketing challenges that
cannot be dealt with simply by looking at findings from
traditional marketing. The reality is that many of these
new enterprises result in very high infancy mortality rates.
Entrepreneurial Marketing offers a blend of two discrete
management areas, marketing and entrepreneurship. The
book delves not only into the concept but also the operation
of EM in such a way that it becomes easy to implement.
The chapters include contemporary real-life stories and
insights from a wide spectrum of entrepreneurs and business
leaders and there are exercises at the end of each chapter
to reinforce learning,
October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

263 pages
978-1-4724-5007-4
978-1-4724-5008-1
978-1-4724-5009-8

To date, few have really delved as deeply into what the


Internet of Things is and will mean to us beyond the
technical and product wizardry of whats possible. Value
Creation and the Internet of Things is refreshing in its ability
to frame up the opportunity and the challenges by focusing us
on the most impactful questions and changes it will require of
us as a society, a culture and our businesses. Alexander Manu
succeeds in building the so-needed thread between business,
technology, culture and humanity.
Cybelle Srour, Managing Director-Strategy, Resource/
Ammirati, USA
Value Creation and the Internet of Things describes value
delivery and consumption, exploring the mechanisms by
which new value is captured and created in enterprises
dedicated to competing and prospering in this new
environment. Manu revisits existing theories and frameworks
of intrinsic motivation, explores their validity in the age of
co-creation, and synthesizes a new framework to capture the
changes in the mind-sets of individuals and organizations.
The book provides a context in which the Internet of Things
will soon become mainstream, forcing organizations to
re-evaluate their value creation methodologies in light
of new consumer behavior and expectations.
August 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

200 pages
978-1-4724-5181-1
978-1-4724-5182-8
978-1-4724-5183-5

65.00

$109.95

70.00

$119.95

Leading the Customer


Experience
Inspirational Service Leadership
Sarah Cook
How leaders behave has a direct impact on their teams
motivation to go the extra mile to deliver excellent service
for the customer. Sarah Cooks vision for Leading the
Customer Experience is to provide practical advice, tools
and techniques for managers in how to effectively lead
and motivate their team to deliver the best possible
customer service. This book encapsulates her research
on the behaviours of leaders who successfully create an
environment where employees deliver exceptional service.
25.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472447692

$44.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472451811

Why Customers Would Rather


Have a Smartphone than a Car
Cor Molenaar
Why Customers Would Rather Have a Smartphone than a Car
explores some of the fundamental changes in consumer
behaviour: Why do we buy less in shops and more on the
internet? Why do we spend more on gadgets, smartphones
and Apps and not more on food, holidays or clothing? Why
do most business people only look at symptoms and not
causes of changing customer behaviour? The new generation
buys differently from the baby boomers; they have different
priorities and preferences. The internet has changed us
in the way we think, act and communicate. Whilst many
retailers now understand the need for change, few of them
have established convincing or sustainable models for the
future.
Cor Molenaar argues that by understanding the drivers
behind these new consumer behaviours, retailers can
identify the opportunities this represents and adapt their
offering accordingly. The kind of relationship retailing he
advocates involves the way the retailer interacts with their
customer; the new environment that they need to sustain
along with their ability to relate customer data, technology
and new services.
June 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

220 pages
978-1-4724-6656-3
978-1-4724-6657-0
978-1-4724-6658-7

Its a given in todays online marketplace that you are


perceived as being always on. Make sure your governance
programmes for your systems and platforms keep it that way.
Always On provides an understanding of what it takes to
develop, implement and run a digital strategy but it is not
meant as a rigid process document that must be strictly
adhered to. Companies have different needs and live in
vastly different environments. The internal structure of an
organization and the market in which it competes is not
going to adapt to a digital strategy process, it must find
a process and methodology that works best for it.
Success or, more moderately, a good result is all about
your people, their engagement and their buy-in.
Think fast, be agile, be ready youre always on!
December 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

294 pages
978-1-4724-4779-1
978-1-4724-4780-7
978-1-4724-4781-4

45.00

$79.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472447791

Effective Client Management


in Professional Services
How to Build Successful Client Relationships
Jack Berkovi

Relationship Retailing as an Opportunity

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472450074

September 2015 150 pages


Paperback
978-1-4724-4769-2
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-4770-8
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-4771-5

Alexander Manu

Digital Brand Strategy in a Big Data World

42.50

This is a comprehensive handbook for anyone interested or


engaged in this important area. Easy to read and intensely
practical. It provides solid advice on what to do, supplemented
with case studies which bring the theory to life. The thought
starters, check lists and review questions are particularly helpful.
Jonathan Geldart, Executive Director Markets Development
(China), Grant Thornton International Ltd
Effective Client Management in Professional Services explains
how firms become client-centric, providing a comprehensive,
pragmatic guide to the Client relationship journey, from
identifying potential Clients to their engagement, care,
retention, development, loyalty and beyond. The handbook
format has exercises and tools which can help to establish
which Clients are likely to be the most lucrative and thus
provide the desired financial returns. The book also includes
insights from top practitioners, anecdotes, case studies,
charts and useful exercises and checklists. Readers can also
determine their own level of effectiveness using the end of
chapter reviews and a diagnostic tool to produce a Client
Management Profile.
December 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

376 pages
978-1-4094-3789-5 80.00
978-1-4094-3790-1
978-1-4724-0798-6

$139.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409437895

$79.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472466563

Get exclusive rewards at www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

33

Marketing and Branding


Whats Your Business?
Corporate Design Strategy Concepts and
Processes
Claire T. Tomlins
Being in the midst of revamping and rebranding my business,
I found this book very useful. I wanted to understand the
concept of Corporate Design and its impact and what needed
to be considered. The book is incredibly thorough and I
would highly recommend it to anyone involved in corporate
design, either as a consultant or business owner. It would
also be very useful as a textbook for students. The chapters
are clearly laid out and the headings and sub-sections make
it easy as a reference book. I also like the use of the case
study which is used throughout the book to demonstrate
various elements relating to each chapter. I found it a very
enjoyable read; was able to learn a lot from it and will definitely
use as a reference in the future.
Thora Thorsdottir, specialist transition consultant
and owner of T Thorsdottir
Whats Your Business? explores the impact of developing
digital technology on brand creation which uniquely
positions a business in a marketplace, through symbolic
and coherent design.
By combining corporate and design strategy with creativity,
Claire Tomlins illustrates the subjects diversity. She ensures
businesses set goals, strategies and plans and that they
take care in selecting an identity to spark the corporate
design strategy and creative inputs for marketing purposes;
including design management, measurements and IP topics.
This book explains to business people, designers and
students why design is important and where each of their
skills are required within the corporate environment.
October 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

324 pages
978-1-4724-1746-6
978-1-4724-1747-3
978-1-4724-1748-0

75.00

$129.95

Action Research for


Professional Selling

Measuring Service Performance

Peter McDonnell and Jean McNiff

Ralf Lisch

This is an exhilarating book. McDonnell and McNiff give us an


enlightened and enlightening perspective on action research
which is thoroughly modern. The texts modernity lies in its
clarity of vision and future-orientation for professional practice
in higher education. Drawing deeply on inter-disciplinary
theories of practice, they challenge academics in business
schools and education departments alike to embrace the
democratisation of knowledge for 21st-century learning.

This book is an eye-opener for everybody dealing with


quality measurement. It looks at quality studies from an
invigoratingly different perspective focussing on meaning
and drawing the fine line between facts and artifacts.
Measuring Service Performance has the potential to become
a standard work and is a must-read for everybody who deals
as researcher or as manager with quality studies in the
service industry.

Jenny Naish, Dean of York St John Business School, UK

Dr Eberhard Sasse, Chairman of Dr Sasse AG, Munich-BerlinLondon, and President of the Chamber of Commerce and
Industry for Munich and Upper Bavaria

Practical Research for Better Quality

Action Research for Professional Selling is about selling.


It is also about studying and improving your practice as
a salesperson. By doing this you can increase your sales,
raise your professionalism and show how you hold yourself
accountable for what you are doing.
The book offers an innovative, practical approach to
selling, underpinned by strong theoretical and philosophical
frameworks and as such makes a valuable contribution to
the literature and to the knowledge base and enhancement
of selling as a profession.
July 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

252 pages
978-1-4094-6407-5
978-1-4094-6408-2
978-1-4094-6409-9

70.00 $119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409464075

From Great to Gone


Why FMCG Companies are Losing the Race
for Customers
Peter Lorange and Jimmi Rembiszewski
SHORTLISTED: MARKETING BOOK OF THE YEAR 2015 IN
ASSOCIATION WITH M&SB MARKETING & SALES BOOKS

How to Shorten and Focus the Shoppers


Routes to Purchase
Roddy Mullin and Colin Harper
Mullin and Harper are very experienced directors and have
succeeded in capturing their knowledge and expertise in this
fascinating book, Shoppernomics: how to shorten and focus
the shoppers routes to purchase. The biggest disservice that
19th-century economists did to mankind was to assert that
consumers are rational. The fact is that they remain an enigma
and any insights into their behaviour are to be welcomed.
I wish I had had this book and its insights and wisdom when
I was Marketing Director of a major fast-moving consumer
goods company all those years ago. Well done Roddy and
Colin. You have made a major contribution with this book.

Malcolm McDonald, Emeritus Professor,


Cranfield University School of Management, UK

What happens from the moment the thought of a purchase


occurs, to ownership, is a journey that is impacted by media,
advice, packaging and now even experiencing the product
or service.

This book will open your mind to a new consumer and a new
way of going to market. It is a true wake up call (innovate or
die!) filled with loads of practical advice and real life examples
of great successes. You will emerge from reading it a marketer
ready for the 21st century.
Shelly Lazarus, Chairman Emeritus, Ogilvy & Mather
To compete for the modern consumer it is critical to move
from being an old-fashioned FMCG to being an FICG a
fast-innovating consumer goods company but there are
major internal and external hurdles to this transformation.
Outdated communication strategies based on television,
radio and print with constant repetition must be replaced
by what the authors call Lego strategies, whereby the
marketing and communication strategies are built up by
many key facets and delivered to the consumer through a
mix of various touch points. From Great to Gone points out
what the winners of the 21st century have in common that
has enabled them to achieve this transformation.
May 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

174 pages
978-1-4724-3556-9
978-1-4724-3557-6
978-1-4724-3558-3

45.00

Measuring Service Performance is an appeal for an approach


to quality research that meets quality criteria itself. It is a
compelling argument against widespread but rather dubious
dealings with measurement, data and statistics. Ralf Lisch
calls for a reconsideration of the research process, focusing
on content instead of method and adding meaning to results.
Written in a practical, accessible style, the book offers
practitioners, as well as market researchers, MBA students
and others involved in the service sector a critical discussion
of Practical Research for Better Quality.

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472417466

Shoppernomics

Quality research and testing means better service,


and success in the service industries demands quality.
Nonetheless, complaints about insufficient, inconsistent or
bad service abound.

$89.95

March 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

214 pages
978-1-4724-1191-4
978-1-4724-1192-1
978-1-4724-1193-8

65.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472411914

The Made in Germany


Champion Brands
Nation Branding, Innovation and World
Export Leadership
Ugesh A. Joseph
The effort the author makes to unravel the apparent
mystique of Germanys success to a global audience is
truly commendable. From a multi-dimensional, extensively
researched perspective, Ugesh Joseph insightfully gives
the reader a sense of the nation and its complex character
from its immediate past to its present-day champion brands
and the nations facilitators and influencers.
Prof. Dr Hermann Simon, Chairman,
Simon-Kucher & Partners
December 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

296 pages
978-1-4094-6646-8
978-1-4094-6647-5
978-1-4094-6648-2

70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409466468

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472435569

Shoppernomics is based heavily on facts and figures supplied


by both US and UK researchers; it examines the near precise
path taken by the shopper. The authors describe the drivers
including the barriers, the journey to purchase from the
discovery of the need, on the way to the store, in the store
and after purchase and then describe how to put what
messages across, at a time and in a form for greatest impact.
September 2014 330 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-2485-3
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-2486-0
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-2487-7

70.00 $119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472424853

34

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Marketing and Branding


The New Brand Spirit

The End of Shops

How Communicating Sustainability Builds


Brands, Reputations and Profits

Social Buying and the Battle for the Customer

Marketing High Profit Product/


Service Solutions

Cor Molenaar

Roger More

Shops need to change, to reassess their unique customer


appeal and work in new ways with suppliers and customers
if they are to survive. Online retailing is often seen as the
panacea, but is that really the case? The internet will undergo
many changes, too. Many e-retailers will disappear or end
up surviving on the margin of the mainstream. Only the most
canny suppliers and webshops, those that can make best
use of the opportunities offered by the Internet will survive.

Marketing High Profit Product/Service Solutions addresses


one of the most exciting and growing strategic marketing
opportunities facing product and service companies
bundling. Many customers want bundled products
and services which represent integrated solutions to
their problems, rather than buying individual products
and services piecemeal, and if you become that supplier
it can transform a company.

Cor Molenaar analyses the struggle, the risks and describes


the opportunities and potential for the retail trade to turn the
tide. He looks at the new buying behaviour of consumers
(the new shopping), the evolution of retail (how it used to be,
how it is now and what it has to become) and shows what the
future for the shop will actually look like.

Roger More explores what was learned by leading


companies such as Magna International, GE and IBM when
they transformed their market strategies to become bundlers
of complex integrated customer solutions. Over many years
the author has developed and tested scores of new concepts,
maps and tools for use by a wide variety of managers in
developing strategies for these bundled product/service
solutions. His book now offers access to these maps and
tools.

Christian Conrad and Marjorie Ellis Thompson


The New Brand Spirit will give confidence to and challenge
everyone engaged in brand marketing and communication.
Its breadth and depth will provide the inspiration and guidance
needed to take further the responsibility for sustaining the
planet on which we live and breathe and have our being.
The Rt Revd David Urquhart, Bishop of Birmingham, UK
November 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

350 pages
978-0-566-09244-2
978-1-4094-6577-5
978-1-4094-6578-2

65.00

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566092442

The Irrational Consumer


Applying Behavioural Economics
to Your Business Strategy

May 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Enrico Trevisan

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409449744

May 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Advanced Database Marketing

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409448563

Behavioural economics shows organizations how to


understand the motivation that drives their customers.
It offers perspectives for engaging with customers whose
views on what to buy are strongly driven by contextual
factors, such as the framework and the dynamics of choices.
Enrico Trevisans The Irrational Consumer is your must-have
primer to this world.
September 2013 156 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-1344-4
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-1345-1
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-1376-5

35.00

$69.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472413444

Corporate Social Performance


in Emerging Markets
Sustainable Leadership in an
Interdependent World
Corporate Social Performance in Emerging Markets
provides an effective tool for companies to help them engage
in CSR activities and become a responsible company in CEE
countries such as Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic and
Slovakia; focusing on the difference of stakeholders and their
attitudes to those of Western Europe.

Innovative Methodologies and Applications


for Managing Customer Relationships
Edited by Kristof Coussement, Koen W. De Bock
and Scott A. Neslin
Database marketing has a long history, but it is rapidly
evolving in new directions. This book has all the important
new content: Internet and web, mobile, social, etc. Its a
fantastic source of up-to-date knowledge for both students
and practitioners.
Thomas H. Davenport, Harvard Business School, USA and
co-founder and Director of Research, International Institute
for Analytics
... provides an excellent in-depth overview of methods and
exemplary applications illustrating the potential of generating
insights from large-scale databases.

156 pages
978-1-4094-3264-7 25.00
978-1-4094-3265-4
978-1-4094-8458-5

May 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

348 pages
978-1-4094-4461-9
978-1-4094-4462-6
978-1-4094-7355-8

See Also

$49.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409432647

What the New Breed of


CMOs Know That You Dont

Design Attitude
page 6

MaryLee Sachs
An excellent source of information and ideas for how
new generation CMOs are transforming their roles into
enterprise-wide change agents.
Philip Kotler
174 pages
978-1-4094-5572-1
978-1-4094-5573-8
978-1-4724-0404-6

30.00

75.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409444619

Branding and Product Design


page 6

July 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

35.00 $59.95

Michael Haenlein, Professor of Marketing, ESCP Europe

Zsfia Lakatos

July 2013
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

210 pages
978-1-4094-4974-4
978-1-4094-4975-1
978-1-4094-6502-7

$129.95

208 pages
978-1-4094-4856-3
978-1-4094-4857-0
978-1-4094-7245-2

74.00

$134.95

POPULAR BACKLIST
BESTSELLER

Marketing Research with


SAS Enterprise Guide
Kristof Coussement, Nathalie Demoulin
and Karine Charry
November 2011
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

316 pages
978-1-4094-2676-9
978-1-4094-2677-6
978-1-4094-5928-6

45.00

$89.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409426769

The Principles of
Islamic Marketing
Baker Ahmad Alserhan
July 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

220 pages
978-0-566-08922-0
978-1-4094-2894-7
978-1-4094-5915-6

55.00

$99.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566089220

BESTSELLER

SPIN-Selling
Neil Rackham
November 1995
Paperback

252 pages
978-0-566-07689-3 19.99

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566076893
Not available from Gower in the Americas

Healthcare Relationship Marketing


page 37

$54.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409455721

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

35

Pharmaceutical and Healthcare Management


www.gowerpublishing.com/pharma
The Future of Health Economics
Edited by Ulf Staginnus and Olivier Ethgen
The Future of Health Economics offers a window into some of
the most influential emerging issues in pharmacoeconomics;
issues such as risk-sharing and alternative pricing models
or the potential impact of radical new approaches such as
personalized medicine; as well as exploring the changing
role of government and regulators.
October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

200 pages
978-1-4094-4543-2 85.00
978-1-4094-4544-9
978-1-4724-0168-7

$154.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409445432

Socialize Your Patient


Engagement Strategy
How Social Media and Mobile
Apps Can Boost Health Outcomes
Letizia Affinito and John Mack
An engaged patient is a healthier patient, yet patientcentered
activities are just getting started. Affinito and Macks
book, offering extensive and practical advice about how
to incorporate digital techniques into marketing and
communication strategies, is a great introduction to this
rapidly expanding focus. A must read for anyone involved
with moving their organization toward integrated care.
Joel S. Weissman, Harvard Medical School, USA
To achieve patient-centricity and provide better value for
both organizations (in terms of profit) and patients (in terms
of better service and improved health), Letizia Affinito and
John Mack focus on three priority areas for actions. They
look at improving health literacy (web sites; targeted mass
digital campaigns); Improving self-care (self-management
education; self-monitoring; self-treatment) and improving
patient safety (adherence to treatment regimens; equipping
patients for safer self-care).
August 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

262 pages
978-1-4724-5632-8
978-1-4724-5633-5
978-1-4724-5634-2

Forecasting for the


Pharmaceutical Industry

BESTSELLER

Models for New Product and In-Market


Forecasting and How to Use Them

Drug Pricing Strategies to Balance


Patient Access and the Funding of Innovation

SECOND EDITION

SECOND EDITION

Arthur G. Cook

Ed Schoonveld

Forecasting for the Pharmaceutical Industry is a definitive


guide for forecasters as well as the multitude of decision
makers and executives who rely on forecasts in their
decision making.

The Price of Global Health is the most informative and


comprehensive book I have read on the topic of global
pharmaceutical pricing and market access. Ed is able to distil
complex topics into simplified and pragmatic frameworks,
including insightful perspectives on market segmentation,
communicating value, and pricing. The final section provides
a useful reference, describing how key global healthcare
systems are structured and their approach for assessing
value. I have recommended this book for members of my
team as part of their initial training.

The Price of Global Health

In virtually every decision, a pharmaceutical executive


considers some type of forecast. This process of predicting
the future is crucial to many aspects of the company from
next months production schedule, to market estimates
for drugs in the next decade. The second edition has been
updated throughout and includes a brand new chapter
focusing on specialized topics such as forecasting for
orphan drugs and biosimilars.
May 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

234 pages
978-1-4724-6011-0
978-1-4724-6012-7
978-1-4724-6013-4

85.00 $149.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472460110

Resilient Health Care, Volume 2


The Resilience of Everyday Clinical Work
Edited by Robert L. Wears, Erik Hollnagel
and Jeffrey Braithwaite
ASHGATE STUDIES IN RESILIENCE ENGINEERING

Here is a must-have book on resilience through the eyes of a


unique team: the pioneer, the researcher, and the practitioner.
... Some examples are closely related to clinical care, others
are more about management; all are an incredible source of
creative inspiration for our own medical environments. A book
that should be read and re-read by healthcare professionals.
Ren Amalberti, Haute Authorit de sant (HAS), France

75.00

$129.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472456328

March 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

328 pages
978-1-4724-3782-2 65.00
978-1-4724-3783-9
978-1-4724-3784-6

$109.95

In Conversation with International Leaders


Edited by Kim Sears, Denise Stockley
and Briana Broderick
Influencing the Quality, Risk and Safety Movement in
Healthcare was created in cooperation with the Master
of Science in Healthcare Quality graduate program at
Queens University, Canada. It provides a unique and highly
accessible view into how and why the science of healthcare
quality has developed.
October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

232 pages
978-1-4724-4927-6 65.00
978-1-4724-4928-3
978-1-4724-4929-0

$109.95

Resilient Health Care


Edited by Erik Hollnagel, Jeffrey Braithwaite
and Robert L. Wears
...This rich compilation of safety expertise wisdom regarding
the application of resilience engineering principles in healthcare
practice is the perfect spring board for developing tools to
improve patient safety and the patient experience. Healthcare
leaders everywhere need to hear the message this book conveys.

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781472449276

Healthcare Reform, Quality


and Safety
Perspectives, Participants, Partnerships
and Prospects in 30 Countries

494 pages
978-1-4724-3880-5
978-1-4724-3881-2
978-1-4724-3882-9

85.00 $149.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472438805

Knowledge Management in
the Pharmaceutical Industry
Enhancing Research, Development
and Manufacturing Performance
Elisabeth Goodman and John Riddell
... this book provides valuable, concrete evidence of the value
of Knowledge Management (KM) to Pharma operations. Key
KM principles are exemplified by a blend of case material and
anecdote easy to read and tempting to adopt. The content
should stimulate readers to seek the KM opportunities in
their own organisations in Pharma and beyond.

$104.95

Blending the authors considerable experiences with those of


interviewees and with their retrospective and forward-looking
perspectives, this volume explains how to apply Knowledge
Management in a variety of environments in order to achieve
improved efficiency, better decision making and enhanced
innovation.
August 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

204 pages
978-1-4094-5335-2
978-1-4094-5336-9
978-1-4724-0805-1

70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453352

Applying Lean Six Sigma in


the Pharmaceutical Industry
Bikash Chatterjee
has plenty of good graphics and templates demonstrating
the application of Lean Six Sigma in the real world. This makes
the reading of case studies much more alive than just reading
the text. This book is helpful to pharmaceutical industry
leaders, practitioners of Lean Six Sigma, and some project
managers in the industry. This book is a good read for
pharma industry professionals.
PM World Journal

Charles Vincent, University of Oxford, UK


380 pages
978-1-4724-5140-8 75.00
978-1-4724-5141-5
978-1-4724-5142-2

July 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

A remarkable compendium describing the journeys of change


and reform in the worlds healthcare systems. These accounts
show the integrity of those involved, the challenges they face
and the difficulty of evaluating system level change.

$129.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781472451408

36

60.00

January 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Bikash Chatterjees guide to lean manufacturing, six


sigma and operational excellence in the pharmaceutical
and biotech industries explores how these techniques can
be applied across every aspect of the business; from the
earliest processes of project selection through the clinical
trial process, manufacturing and supply chain. Challenging
conventional wisdom, the book offers a quality perspective
on lean manufacturing and provides the latest thinking on
Process Analytical Technology and the opportunities of
designing for quality.

Edited by Jeffrey Braithwaite, Yukihiro Matsuyama,


Russell Mannion and Julie Johnson

March 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Sheila Bosch, Director of Research,


Gresham, Smith and Partners

August 2013
296 pages
Hardback
978-1-4094-6978-0
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-6979-7
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-6980-3
www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781409469780

The Price of Global Health is a unique, much-needed and


invaluable resource for anybody interested or involved in,
or affected by, the development, funding and use of
prescription drugs.

Sandra Ward, Principal Consultant, Beaworthy Consulting

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781472437822

Influencing the Quality, Risk and


Safety Movement in Healthcare

David Kaplan, Senior Advisor,


Global Payer Market Research, Eli Lilly

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

170 pages
978-0-566-09204-6
978-1-4724-2521-8
978-1-4724-2522-5

75.00 $129.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566092046

GOWER

Pharmaceutical and Healthcare Management


Patient Safety

Transforming Big Pharma

Perspectives on Evidence, Information


and Knowledge Transfer

Assessing the Strategic Alternatives

Edited by Lorri Zipperer


From deep history to future prospects, the authors lay out the
shortcomings of current evidence-seeking and pull together
disparate concepts to show how to improve systems and
practice through effective deployment of evidence, information
and knowledge. This thoughtful, multidimensional book will
be an important contribution to the literature of patient safety.
Helen Haskell, President, Mothers Against Medical Error
The book draws from multidisciplinary areas within the acute
care environment to share models to drive proactive changes
in how team-based improvement efforts can make evidence,
information and knowledge (EIK) sharing processes reliable,
effective and necessary in support of safe care delivery. The
publication discusses how the tenets of safety (described
in the beginning of the book) can be actively applied to
EIK processes in the front line of care.
June 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

398 pages
978-1-4094-3857-1
978-1-4094-3858-8
978-1-4724-0243-1

75.00 $129.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409438571

Roger Davies, former Chairman,


UK Pharmaceutical Licensing Group
September 2013 284 pages
Hardback
978-1-4094-4827-3
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-4828-0
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-0364-3

Edison Bicudo
making the case for asserting democratic control over
the incursions of corporations into local medical institutions.
there is plenty to engage the interest of anyone who enjoys
thinking about the ethics of global clinical trials.
Developing World Bioethics
Edison Bicudo examines the connections between global
and local scales, exploring how it is possible for social
actors as different as global companies and patients of local
hospitals to come together and establish social relationships
that may last many years. He identifies the implications of
these global-local relationships for the financial, technical
and cultural structures of the participating hospitals. His
study draws on fieldwork conducted in five countries: the
UK, Spain, France, Brazil and South Africa.
65.00 $109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472423573

Knowledge Management in
Healthcare
Edited by Lorri Zipperer
One of the most valuable strategic assets that can lead to
a sustained increase in the high reliability in the delivery of
healthcare is medical knowledge management. It is essential
that healthcare promotes and encourages knowledge exchange;
but to do so requires a learning culture. Although knowledge
exchange is essential for a high reliability in the delivery of
healthcare, few know how to manage the knowledge effectively.
This requires innovative management strategies to determine
effective ways of utilizing knowledge resources and capabilities
from within and outside of the facility. Lorri Zipperers book
Knowledge Management in Healthcare does just that and
peels away the onion layers of knowledge. Enjoy!
Franchesca J. Charney, Director of Educational Programs,
Pennsylvania Patient Safety Authority, USA

Based on an in-depth study of clinics offering assisted


fertilization, Reproductive Medicine and the Life Sciences
in the Contemporary Economy, is the first book to examine
the commercialization and commodification of know-how
derived from the life sciences, from the point of view of
organization theory. Assisted fertilization clinics are more
than just places in which medicine is applied in a clinical
setting. Changing societal norms, technology, different
professions, and a front- and back-office set-up all influence
the practices at the clinic. Clinicians actively influence
policy-making and the regulatory frameworks that monitor
and set the boundaries for their work. Clinics are thus places
where individual interests and concerns and social and
institutional arrangements intersect.
July 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

70.00

Martin Austin
November 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

190 pages
978-1-4094-5079-5
978-1-4094-5080-1
978-1-4094-8483-7

74.00

Reconstructing Medical Practice

$119.95

Christine Jorm
April 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

244 pages
978-1-4094-2975-3 74.00
978-1-4094-2976-0
978-1-4094-8695-4

The Future of Pharma


Evolutionary Threats and Opportunities
Brian D. Smith
July 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

214 pages
978-1-4094-3031-5
978-1-4094-3032-2
978-1-4094-5085-6

70.00

Project Management for


the Pharmaceutical Industry
Laura Brown and Tony Grundy
June 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

298 pages
978-1-4094-1894-8 70.00
978-1-4094-1895-5
978-1-4094-5908-8

Healthcare
Relationship Marketing

An Integrated Approach to Policy


and Practice

Strategy, Design and Measurement

Edited by Rukhsana Ahmed and Benjamin R. Bates

March 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Health Communication
272 pages
978-1-4094-4713-9
978-1-4094-4714-6
978-1-4724-0164-9

65.00

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409447139

Reconstructing Medical Practice

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409430315

Health Communication
and Mass Media

the volume stands out as an important contribution to the


field of health communication. Its theoretical, methodological,
and topical breadth, its simple and straightforward manner
of presentation, and its unique emphasis on both theory and
practice would make it a valuable reference to academics and
practitioners of health communication at various levels.

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409429753

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409418948

July 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

$134.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409450795

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453505

$119.95

Ira J. Haimowitz
260 pages
978-0-566-09217-6
978-1-4094-3196-1
978-1-4094-5903-3

79.00

$139.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566092176

Business Development
for the Biotechnology and
Pharmaceutical Industry
Martin Austin
May 2008
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

202 pages
978-0-566-08781-3
978-0-7546-8138-0
978-1-4094-5822-7

70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087813

Engagement, Professionalism and Critical


Relationships in Health Care

April 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

February 2013
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

$119.95

244 pages
978-1-4094-5350-5
978-1-4094-5351-2
978-1-4724-0831-0

The Commercialization of Intellectual


Property

Engagement, Professionalism and


Critical Relationships in Health Care

Reproductive Medicine
and the Life Sciences in
the Contemporary Economy

Christine Jorm

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409438830

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409448273

Knowledge Management in Healthcare draws on relevant


business, clinical and health administration literature
and discussions with a variety of clinical, administrative,
knowledge management and information experts. The result
is a book that will inform thinking on knowledge access
needs to mitigate potential failures, design improvements
and support work towards attaining high reliability. It can be
used as a general tool for leaders and individuals wishing to
devise and implement a knowledge-sharing culture in their
institution, and to strengthen existing programs intended to
enhance knowledge sharing behaviours.
250 pages
978-1-4094-3883-0 70.00
978-1-4094-3884-7
978-1-4094-8461-5

70.00

Alexander Styhre and Rebecka Arman

International Clinical Trials in Local


Medical Institutions

192 pages
978-1-4724-2357-3
978-1-4724-2358-0
978-1-4724-2359-7

It is refreshing to see the vital importance of new product


development (and for business development executives the
need for successful alliances) coming back into the spotlight
after years of mega mergers and diversification that have
failed to deliver transformative performance for Big Pharma
companies. As such the book must be of interest to all Big
Pharma companies as a sounding board for their strategic
analysis and future direction.

A Sociomaterial Perspective

Pharmaceutical Research,
Democracy and Conspiracy

May 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

John Ansell

POPULAR BACKLIST
Licensing, Selling and
Finance in the Pharmaceutical
and Healthcare Industries

This book provides instructive insights into how medical


specialists think about their professional lives, ethical
dilemmas, and various problems of healthcare delivery. It
should interest professional leaders who need to address the
part that doctors may unwittingly play in the genesis of these
problems, and health service managers who need to re-engage
them in finding solutions.
Michael Ward, Commissioner,
Health Quality and Complaints Commission, Australia
244 pages
978-1-4094-6766-3
978-1-4094-2976-0
978-1-4094-8695-4

30.00

$54.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409467663

Get exclusive rewards at www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

37

Project Management
www.gowerpublishing.com/pm

GpmFirst NEW for 2015


Learning, sharing and collaborating via an
online eBook Library and Community of Practice
Subscribers to GpmFirst can enjoy full online access to
more than 120 published project management books
plus a rigorously moderated, expert CoP featuring author
extras, articles, templates, checklists, slides, training
tools, models, videos, podcasts, workshops and facilitated
discussions.
Create a personal profile and a customised branded
informal, corporate or student network to share content
with your group.

Sign up today for your free 28 day trial!

www.gpmfirst.com

IPMA donate 400 subscriptions of Gower Publishings


GpmFirst PM Book Library and PM Community of
Practice (CoP) to develop new Project Managers
skills and capability in developing nations.
The IPMA will continue to drive forward the international PM
agenda by providing monthly guest editorials on GpmFirst
and will be nominating the 400 named, individual subscription
beneficiaries either directly or via the Member Associations in the
countries concerned. Nominations will be made where access
to learning resources are often constrained by either logistics or
funding. GpmFirsts complex online delivery design enables the
continuing professional development of local PMs with minimum
infrastructural outlay.

Reinhard Wagner, President of the IPMA stated


Moving the project management profession forward means
learning from best practices as well as sharing our own experiences
with others. This is why GpmFirst is a great tool for the IPMA and
its member associations around the world. IPMA is pleased to
be collaborating with Gower Publishing in delivering articles and
editorials to share our experiences in the world of projects, programs
and portfolios. In return, we enable our member associations to gain
insights to Gowers exceptional offering e.g. the broad spectrum
of books as well as featured articles from thought leaders. Together,
we will form an international Community of Practice.

Human Resource
Management in the
Project-Oriented Organization

Project Leadership

Project Resilience

THIRD EDITION

The Art of Noticing, Prioritizing,


Preparing, Responding and Recovering

Towards a Viable System for Project


Personnel

This book is excellent. Not only does it address the new


realities of project management but it also gives superb
guidance as to how to deal with them. Too many textbooks are
focussed on the narrow mechanistic and procedural aspects
of projects, but this one gives broad and refreshing insights
on how to really excel in an increasingly complex world.
Read this and join the new generation of project leaders!

Martina Huemann
Martina Huemanns research in Human Resource
Management in the Project-Oriented Organization, offers
insight into an approach that is designed to align HR to the
needs of the project organization, in terms of management
structure, reward, recruitment and performance systems.
The text analyses how the modern HR organization stacks
up alongside the temporary organization that is the project,
to identify the HR constraints and needs of the project
organisation and offer a model of project-oriented HRM.
October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

250 pages
978-1-4724-5204-7 70.00
978-1-4724-5205-4
978-1-4724-5206-1

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472452047

$124.95

Sarah Coleman and Donnie MacNicol

Stephen Carver, Honorary Fellow Association for Project


Management; Consultant in Project & Programme
Management; and Lecturer at Cranfield School of
Management, UK
Project Leadership, the classic, best-selling textbook, originally
by Wendy Briner, Michael Geddes and Colin Hastings,
anticipated so many of the changes in approaches to project
management that are now regarded as mainstream; not least
the whole behavioural management focus. The third edition by
Sarah Coleman and Donnie MacNicol, has been substantially
rewritten, introducing new material and experience reflecting
the transformation that has taken place in the world of
projects, teams and leadership.
Project Leadership, Third Edition, looks at the nature the
leadership role in projects and how this is significant
and impacts the processes throughout a project life, from
shaping and scoping, start up, delivery to project closure.
The authors put considerable emphasis on a set of core
human skills around the themes of vision and strategy,
relationship building, communication and engagement.
There are also chapters to help you to build personal and
organizational leadership capability.
October 2015
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

200 pages
978-1-4724-5280-1
978-1-4724-5281-8
978-1-4724-5282-5

30.00

Elmar Kutsch, Mark Hall and Neil Turner


This thoroughly researched book provides fresh insights
and perspectives to help the most capable project managers
manage risk and deliver change in an increasingly uncertain
and volatile world. For those new to the role it provides
wisdom that can take a career to obtain by focusing on
the art of delivery, or leadership, rather than on the science.
Donnie MacNicol, Director of Team Animation, UK
Project Resilience offers a glimpse into our tendencies to
be irrational in the face of adversity: risk, uncertainty and
complexity. It also presents a new perspective to aid in managing risky, and in particular uncertain and complex projects.
The authors go beyond commonly-accepted standards in
project management to provide an understanding of how

to implement project-wide resilience.
October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

170 pages
978-1-4724-2363-4
978-1-4724-2364-1
978-1-4724-2365-8

45.00 $79.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472423634

$54.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472452801


38

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Project Management
The Performance of Projects
and Project Management
Sustainable Delivery in Project
Intensive Companies
In the increasing number of heavily projectized
organizations, sustainable, commercial performance
depends on their ability to measure and develop the
performance of project management. This involves
developing new skills and capabilities, such as a learning
approach across projects. It also involves transforming
established approaches such as corporate governance
to match the new project-oriented context and, finally, it
involves learning to use projects to enable key organizational
objectives, such as sustainability, as well as the projectspecific outcomes. The Performance of Projects and Project
Management offers perspectives on all of these fundamental
aspects of project performance.
180 pages
978-1-4724-2189-0 65.00
978-1-4724-2190-6
978-1-4724-2191-3

How to Design and Deliver the Best Project


Management Office for your Business
Peter Taylor and Ray Mead

Edited by Laurence Lecouevre

October 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Delivering Successful PMOs

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472421890

Edited by Beverly Pasian

The book draws on the rare experience that Ray Mead,


through his organisation PM-Partners www.pmpartners.co.uk
had in building an enterprise PMO from the ground up a
greenfield enterprise PMO. Through this process he and
his team have developed an invaluable methodology that is
shared through this book alongside a real case study this is
not theory, this is not perfect world modelling, this is proven
through practice and live application.
Peter and Ray extend the guidelines from Leading Successful
PMOs (Peter Taylor) and weave them in to the process
of delivering a PMO that works for an organisation and
delivers success measured by improved project health,
greater returns on investment, a better project management
community, closer connection to business strategy and a
more mature project organisation.
September 2015 122 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-1379-6
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-1380-2
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-1381-9

35.00

$64.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472413796

Procuring Successful
Mega-Projects

Managing Projects in
Research and Development

How to Establish Major Government


Contracts Without Ending up in Court

Ron Basu

Louise Hart
Mistakes on mega-projects continue to embarrass
Governments all over the world. No country has been
immune from such fiascos, but the failures are eminently
avoidable if you know how. Governments dont need the
costs of failure, they dont need the aggravation. They do
need Louise Harts Procuring Successful Mega-Projects.
Within the context of large public projects, the author
explains how to structure the project, how to build and
manage a team, how to run the procurement process and
how to ensure that the handover to the delivery phase is
not a hospital pass.
September 2015 300 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-5508-6
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-5509-3
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-5510-9

70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472455086

$124.95

Ron Basu never disappoints. His books show how to make


things happen. In this book he draws on his many years as a
project manager and on his teaching experience as an MBA
lecturer to provide an easy to read strategy for taking a R&D
project from inception through to fruition. His how to do
it approach is supported by well researched case studies.
Highly recommended.
Nevan Wright JP, Auckland Institute of Studies, New Zealand
Combining research with practical examples and experience
from a career that has included blue chip organizations
such as GSK, GlaxoWellcome and Unilever, Ron Basu
offers a rigorous guide to the fundamentals of R&D project
management including project lifecycle management,
risk management; cost, time quality and other success
measures as well as the keys to operational excellence
in this complicated world.
August 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

230 pages
978-1-4724-5010-4
978-1-4724-5011-1
978-1-4724-5012-8

Designs, Methods and


Practices for Research
of Project Management

70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472450104

$119.95

Project management research is based on rigorous


methodologies, but a very narrow range of methodologies
are used. Having built a firm base, project management
research now needs to move out into new areas to broaden
the topics that can be investigated and the ways they can be
investigated. In that we can find new insights into the field.
This book will make an extremely valuable contribution into
opening up the research horizons of project management. I
would also like to use chapters as readings on my research
management courses.
Rodney Turner, Professor of Project Management,
Kingston Business School, UK
In Designs, Methods and Practices for Research of Project
Management, Beverly Pasian has brought together original
chapters from a veritable whos who of project management
research including authors such as Harvey Maylor,
Christophe Bredillet, Derek Walker, Miles Shepherd, Janice
Thomas, Naomi Brookes and Darren Dalcher. The collection
looks at research strategy, management, methodology,
techniques as well as emerging topics such as social
network analysis. The 38 chapters offer an international
perspective with examples from a wide range of project
management applications; engineering, construction, megaprojects, high-risk environments and social transformation.
May 2015
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

520 pages
978-1-4094-4880-8
978-1-4094-4881-5
978-1-4724-0799-3

70.00 $119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409448808

Culture and Project Management


Managing Diversity in Multicultural Projects
Omar Zein
A very useful insight and guide to handling a challenging
aspect of group activity. Omar has distilled the best of theory
and approach on the subject. More importantly by using
examples and anecdotes, non-specialists like me can better
grasp the issues and solutions in my own professional context.

Chou Chong, Investment Director,


Aberdeen Asset Management Asia Limited

Omar Zein explores the cultural impact on projects and their


management, providing the reader with an understanding
of the main elements of cross-cultural theory within
the project environment. He then identifies key aspects
of project management where cultural sensitivity is
essential (for example, planning, risk management, project
communication and leadership) and offers a structured plan
for developing what he calls cultural tuning within a project
environment.
Making appropriate adaptations to standard processes,
choosing what, how and through whom you communicate
with stakeholders may be signal elements in the success or
failure of your projects; Culture and Project Management will
show where to start.
April 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

282 pages
978-1-4724-1382-6
978-1-4724-1383-3
978-1-4724-1384-0

70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472413826

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

39

Project Management

SERIES

www.gowerpublishing.com/pmfundamentals

The Project Sponsors Perspective

FUNDAMENTALS OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Howard M. Steinberg

Series Editor: Darren Dalcher


This companion series to the Advances in Project Management Series provides short guides to a set of key aspects of project
management: Benefits Management; Business Case; Change Management: Cost Management; Financing; Governance;
Leadership; Organization; Programme Management; Progress Management/Earned Value; Planning; Quality Management;
Risk Management; Scope; Scheduling; Sponsorship; Stakeholder Management; Value Management.
Each guide, as the series title suggests, aims to provide the fundamentals of the subject from a rigorous perspective and from
a (if not the) leading proponent of the subject. Practising professionals and project students will find in the fundamentals a
definitive, shorthand guide to each of the main competencies associated with project management; a book that is authoritative,
based on current research but immediately relevant and applicable.

Project Portfolio Management


Alfonso Bucero
Project portfolio management has been a much neglected
element within many organizations approaches to project
management which is counter-intuitive when you consider
the potential it offers. Alfonso Bucero recognizes the value
of this technique as a means of enabling decisions on which
projects to approve, which to reject and which to fast-track.
He explains the relationship of portfolio management to
project and program management and places all three
elements in the context of organizational success.The text
then uses models, templates and examples to provide you
with a battery of tools for making portfolio management
decisions and realising the results of those decisions.
October 2015
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

150 pages
978-1-4724-2318-4
978-1-4724-2319-1
978-1-4724-2320-7

32.00

$59.95

Project Stakeholder Management


Pernille Eskerod and Anna Lund Jepsen
Projects can only be successful through contributions
from stakeholders. And in the end, it is the stakeholders
that evaluate whether they find that the project is a success.
To manage stakeholders effectively, you need to know your
stakeholders, their behaviours and attitudes towards the
project. In Project Stakeholder Management, the authors
give guidance on how to adopt an analytical and structured
approach; how to document, store and retrieve your
knowledge; how to plan your stakeholder interactions in
advance; and how to make your plans explicit, at the very
least internally. A well-conceived plan can prevent you from
being carried away in the heat of the moment and help you
spend your limited resources for stakeholder management
in the best way.
120 pages
978-1-4094-0437-8
978-1-4094-0438-5
978-1-4094-8446-2

Program Management
Michel Thiry
AWARD: AWARD OF MERIT 2010 CANADIAN PROJECT
MANAGEMENT BOOK AWARDS, RUN BY THE PROJECT
MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION OF CANADA

$59.95

25.00

$44.95

August 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Project Governance
Ralf Mller
22.50

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088667

266 pages
978-1-4724-1106-8
978-1-4724-1107-5
978-1-4724-1108-2

110.00 $190.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472411068

Understanding and Negotiating


EPC Contracts, Volume 2

Financing projects is all about understanding the risks.


Anyone who hasnt read this book is just giving himself an
unnecessary handicap.
Natasha Kirby, Associate Director,
Strategic Energy Solutions Group, HSBC

Any project which involves an EPC contract is also likely


to involve a number of other complicated contracts. If the
EPC contract does not allow the parties to determine the
consequences of an unanticipated situation, they will have
to look to an expert, mediator, tribunal, or court to impart
guidance or pass judgment.

BESTSELLER

124 pages
978-0-566-08866-7
978-0-566-09156-8
978-1-4094-5845-6

Halil Sunar, Director of Power for Turkey,


State Oil Company of Azerbaijan (SOCAR)

Understanding and Negotiating EPC Contracts explains the


fundamental commercial principles and pitfalls of turnkey
contracting for major infrastructure projects anywhere. It is
a comprehensive guide providing practical analysis of the
issues and challenges in complex construction projects.
Exhaustive in scope, the book enables professionals and
non-professionals to understand the commercial, legal and
financial elements of large construction projects and places
readers in a stronger position to assess short and longerterm needs of clients and constituents.

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088674

April 2009
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Howard M. Steinberg

David Hillson
126 pages
978-0-566-08867-4
978-0-566-09155-1
978-1-4094-5853-1

Its truly astounding how much money companies will spend


only to learn they do not have a project that can be financed.
This book should be the first investment for any project.

Annotated Sample Contract Forms

Managing Risk in Projects

$39.95

Howard Steinbergs Annotated Sample Contract Forms


focuses its attention on the key construction arrangements
of a large project - the EPC contract.
August 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

400 pages
978-1-4724-2378-8
978-1-4724-2379-5
978-1-4724-2380-1

165.00 $300.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472423788

2 Volume Set
Howard M. Steinberg

26.50

$49.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409404378

40

32.50

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088827

August 2009
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472423184

January 2013
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

BESTSELLER

September 2010 220 pages


Paperback
978-0-566-08882-7
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-0716-4
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-5882-1

Understanding and Negotiating


EPC Contracts, Volume 1

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

September 2015 666 pages


Hardback Set
978-1-4724-5093-7

250.00 $425.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472450937

GOWER

Project Management

SERIES

www.gowerpublishing.com/pmadvances

ADVANCES IN PROJECT MANAGEMENT


Series editor: Darren Dalcher
Project management has become a key competence for most organisations in the public and private sectors. Driven by recent business trends such as fewer management layers, greater
flexibility, increasing geographical distribution and more project-based work, project management has grown beyond its roots in the construction, engineering and aerospace industries to
transform the service, financial, computer, and general management sectors. In fact, a Fortune article rated project management as the number one career choice at the beginning of the 21st
century. Yet many organisations have struggled in applying the traditional models of project management to their new projects in the global environment. Project management offers a
framework to help organisations to transform their mainstream operations and service performance.
Some organizations have responded to this situation by trying to improve the understanding and capability of their managers and employees who are introduced to projects, as well as their
experienced project managers in an attempt to enhance their competence and capability in this area. Advances in Project Management provides short, state of play, guides to the main aspects of
the new emerging applications including: maturity models, agile projects, extreme projects, six sigma and projects, human factors and leadership in projects, project governance, value
management, virtual teams, project benefits.

A Practical Guide to Dealing


with Difficult Stakeholders

Advances in
Project Management

The Spirit of
Project Management

Jake Holloway, David Bryde and Roger Joby

Narrated Journeys in Unchartered Territory

Judi Neal and Alan Harpham

Edited by Darren Dalcher

July 2012
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

All project stakeholders have different needs, objectives,


responsibilities and priorities. For many project managers it
is disturbing to realise that some of their stakeholders may
not be as co-operative and helpful as they expect. It could
be a negative and powerful sponsor (the Anti-sponsor),
a demotivated team, low-maturity or unrealistic external
clients, maliciously compliant gatekeepers and finance
teams, or uninterested internal customers.
Jake Holloway, Professor David Bryde and Roger Joby bring
their years of project management experience and combine
it with research and insight from social psychology to delve
into how and why project stakeholders can be difficult.
The book describes some of the common stakeholder types
such as Sponsors, the Team, Gatekeepers, Clients and
Contractors - and associated unhelpful or difficult behaviour
profiles that you will often come across on projects. It
combines theory with practical ideas, techniques and
methods to help manage the impact of these stakeholders.
August 2015
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

130 pages
978-1-4094-0737-9
978-1-4094-0738-6
978-1-4724-0166-3

26.50

$49.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409407379

Twelve Project Cases and a Commentary


Stephen Wearne and Keith White-Hunt
The book reviews 12 real-life urgent and unexpected projects,
how they were started and managed, and the lessons that can
be learnt from these It is suitable for lecturers and students
of management; managers/project managers; and those
involved in disaster-recovery, business continuity planning
or incident management in both public and private sectors.
BCS, The Chartered Institute for IT
Sometimes unanticipated threats or opportunities create a
situation in which work is required unexpectedly. On these
occasions, such urgent and unexpected work demands
an instant start, in contrast to the often lengthy processes
of investigation, evaluation, development, selection and
planning normal in businesses and public services before
the start of a project.
Managing the Urgent and Unexpected explores what
is different managerially if work is unexpected, its
implementation is urgent and an immediate start it is
required. The lessons offered here will help private and
public organizations plan how to authorize and support
future urgent work to take advantage of immediate new
business opportunities or to protect or restore systems
and services.
222 pages
978-1-4724-4250-5
978-1-4724-4251-2
978-1-4724-4252-9

70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472442505

Project magazine
Advances in Project Management covers key areas of
improvement in understanding and project capability
further up the management chain; amongst strategy and
senior decision makers and amongst professional project
and programme managers. This collection, drawn from
some of the worlds leading practitioners and researchers
and compiled by Professor Darren Dalcher of the National
Centre for Project Management, provides those people and
organizations who are involved with the developments in
project management with the kind of structured information
and new approaches that will inform their thinking and their
practice and improve their decisions.
May 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Managing the Urgent and


Unexpected

October 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

The book begins with an overview from Dalcher and some


context-setting. It then offers a diversity of astute opinion
from a range of experienced individuals, all with their own
specific focus within project management. I was delighted
that there were a number of chapters addressing what I
would refer to as tough skills (more commonly, erroneously
labelled soft skills) including stakeholder management,
the psychology of project management, decision making,
communication and benefits realisation.

$119.95

260 pages
978-1-4724-2912-4 65.00
978-1-4724-2913-1
978-1-4724-2914-8

$119.95

Project leaders managing any type of project but especially


large complex projects with a diverse stakeholder group would
benefit from this book. By adding the ethical analysis to the
risk assessment management plan, the project leader will
consider the broader implication of the project.
PM World Journal
$54.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409410966

POPULAR BACKLIST
Managing Quality in Projects
Ron Basu
December 2012
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

266 pages
978-1-4094-4092-5
978-1-4094-4093-2
978-1-4094-8462-2

41.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409409595

Sustainability in Project
Management
Gilbert Silvius, Ron Schipper, Julia Planko,
Jasper van den Brink and Adri Khler
May 2012
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

182 pages
978-1-4094-3169-5
978-1-4094-3170-1
978-1-4094-5941-5

27.50

$54.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409431695

Second Order Project


Management
Michael Cavanagh
January 2012
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

144 pages
978-1-4094-1094-2
978-1-4094-1095-9
978-1-4094-5930-9

28.00

$54.95

David Hancock

Haukur Ingi Jonasson and Helgi Thor Ingason

28.50

$49.95

Tame, Messy and Wicked


Risk Leadership

Project Ethics

156 pages
978-1-4094-1096-6
978-1-4094-1097-3
978-1-4094-8452-3

27.50

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409410942

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472429124

January 2013
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

202 pages
978-1-4094-0959-5
978-1-4094-0960-1
978-1-4094-5610-0

$79.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409440925

November 2010
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

114 pages
978-0-566-09242-8
978-1-4094-0873-4
978-1-4094-5890-6

27.50

$54.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566092428

Project-Oriented Leadership
Ralf Mller and J Rodney Turner
August 2010
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

110 pages
978-0-566-08923-7
978-1-4094-0939-7
978-1-4094-5881-4

26.50

$44.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566089237

Strategic Project Risk


Appraisal and Management
Elaine Harris
October 2009
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

126 pages
978-0-566-08848-3
978-0-7546-9211-9
978-1-4094-5860-9

28.00

$54.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088483

Customer-Centric Project
Management

Managing Project Uncertainty

Elizabeth Harrin and Phil Peplow

David Cleden

October 2012
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

132 pages
978-1-4094-4312-4 29.00
978-1-4094-4313-1
978-1-4094-8379-3

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409443124

$59.95

April 2009
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

146 pages
978-0-566-08840-7
978-0-7546-8174-8
978-1-4094-6050-3

29.00

$59.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088407

Get exclusive rewards at www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

41

Project Management
Project Life Cycle Economics

Agile Readiness

Cost Estimation, Management and


Effectiveness in Construction Projects

Four Spheres of Lean and Agile


Transformation

Edited by Massimo Pica

Thomas P. Wise and Reuben Daniel

This is an essential guide for those involved in construction


project design, tendering and contracting to help ensure the
sustainability of the project, or their contribution to it, from
the start. It is also important for those involved in the delivery
of the project to help them make the choices to keep the
project on a financial even keel.

Wise and Daniel have crafted a powerful book on the


possibilities of repeatable successes for agile and lean
initiatives. Taken together these management tools present
opportunities for dramatic changes to organizational flexibility
and adaptability for the technology and services age. Through
a combination of applied theory, practical frameworks and
homespun tales, the authors provide a practical set of advice
for current and future transformational leaders.

April 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

440 pages
978-1-4724-1964-4 85.00
978-1-4724-1965-1
978-1-4724-1966-8

$149.95

Project Management for


Supplier Organizations
Harmonising the Project Owner to
Supplier Relationship
Adrian Taggart
Adrian has produced a guide that deals with the realities
of project management. He addresses the key issues that
cannot be controlled by rules and procedures, including the
interaction between people, the relevance of organisational
structures and the importance of stakeholders. He uses
practical experience to guide us through the management
of the full project lifecycle from a supplier and owner
organisations view. This helps the reader understand the
challenges of their counterpart. This is a wide-ranging and
practical guide.
Steve Pears, Managing Director,
Telent Technology Services Limited
Project Management for Supplier Organizations tackles key
issues such as: how a well thought-out procurement process
seeks to maximise those interests that client and supplier
have in common and diminish the consequences of those
that are not; the commercial and practical importance of
managing change; the risks that face supplier organizations
when addressing project related work; the implications
for other organizational disciplines of the Supplier when
embracing project work and areas of additional expertise that
may be required.
Adrian Taggart offers readers, from contract organizations,
a real story and urgent set of priorities when it comes to
managing a project and, those from client organizations,
with an understanding of how best they can work with their
suppliers to mutual benefit.
302 pages
978-1-4724-1109-9
978-1-4724-1110-5
978-1-4724-1111-2

70.00

Todd A. Weinert, AVP - Cognizant Business Consulting


The struggle that managers and executives face is how to
make agile and lean methods successful when working
beyond software development; this book uses simple
ground floor experiences to illustrate the practices and
behaviors necessary for success. The reader will discover
organizational strategies that build strong teams, an
environment of trust, and project selection and planning
strategies to create an environment of enablement in
which agile and lean teams thrive.

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472419644

March 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Management Science,
Operations Research and
Project Management

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472411099

February 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

208 pages
978-1-4724-1743-5
978-1-4724-1744-2
978-1-4724-1745-9

65.00

$109.95

Exercising Agency

Strategy happens via projects. How strategy drives project


initiation is a missing link in understanding between strategyformulation and project-management. This study uses
real-life experiences to theorise this process. Organisations
and processes are important, but much is about individuals,
their personality and their sense of agency. A very useful book
for both academics and students who want to understand
project initiation in practice, and practitioners who want to
understand rigorously how to make decisions better.
Terry Williams, Hull University Business School, UK
Mark Mullaly uses his 25 years of experience to lift the lid
on many of the important behavioural factors that inform
project decisions: power and politics, personality, the rules
of an organization. If you are involved in framing or making
decisions about the future of your organization; the projects
that you do or dont decide to initiate, then read this book.
It wont make the decisions any easier but it will help you
improve the quality of the decisions you make and over time,
the effectiveness of your organizational decision making.
65.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472427885

Business Transformation Essentials


page 8

Maged Malek, University of North Florida, USA


Due to its societal and economic relevance, Project
Management (PM) has become an important discipline and a
concept critical to modern organizations, public and private.
With his focus on the quantitative models of Operations
Research and Management Science applied to Project
Management, Jos Ramn San Cristbal Mateo fills the gap
between scientific research and the practical application of
that research, providing project managers with the tools and
methods necessary to manage projects successfully.
234 pages
978-1-4724-2643-7 70.00
978-1-4724-2644-4
978-1-4724-2645-1

$124.95

The Single-Minded Project

Mark Mullaly

See Also

The approach is a valuable addition to the body of knowledge


dealing with the optimization of the project management topic
using a clear, factual analysis. The delivery is analytic and
engaging, demonstrating an in-depth knowledge which makes
the book, by any measure, an effective tool that an educator
would find useful for pedagogical purposes. The topic is timely,
and the material is presented in a new innovative way that is
accessible and useful to the reader.

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472426437

Decision Making and Project Initiation

192 pages
978-1-4724-2788-5
978-1-4724-2789-2
978-1-4724-2790-8

Jos Ramn San Cristbal Mateo

February 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472417435

February 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Modelling, Evaluation, Scheduling,


Monitoring

$109.95

Ensuring the Pace of Progress


Martin Price
If ever a book were written better equipped to stimulate
you to think about your thinking when it comes to projects,
programmes and the changes they bring; I have yet to find it.
Martin puts forward not only a collection of ideas that reach
out and grab your attention, but also a number of subtle
suggestions which sow the seeds of change in your attitude.
This is one of those rare books which you will love to own
and cherish more.
Paul Hodgkins, Executive Director,
Paul Hodgkins Project Consultancy
The Single-Minded Project offers an approach to project
management that is entirely complementary to the existing
methodologies; one that recognises that at its heart, the
management of a project relies on the perceived choices
and methods, behaviours and decision-making of its players
and the freedom of action that is permitted to the project
regime. It fills in the gaps where the methodology doesnt
provide any kind of response to questions such as how fast
should we deliver this project and how much diligence
is appropriate in our decision-making. It recognises that
performance ultimately rests on human knowledge, resolve,
skill and collaboration.
September 2014 220 pages
Hardback
978-1-4724-2996-4
ebook PDF
978-1-4724-4144-7
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-4145-4

65.00

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472429964

Game Theory in Management


page 32
Making the Business Case
page 9
Project Management for the Pharmaceutical
Industry
page 37
Project Risk Analysis
page 17
The Principles of Project Finance
page 11

42

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Project Management
The Essentials of
Project Management

BESTSELLER

FOURTH EDITION

TENTH EDITION

Project Management

Dennis Lock

Techniques for Reconciling Business-asUsual and Project Cultures

Dennis Lock

Everyone who is involved in project management will benefit


from reading this book. Dennis Lock has maintained the
standard that we have come to expect of him in his writings
and there is little doubt that this latest book will join his
others as a must-have for all experienced and aspiring
project managers. Companies whose business is project
management should ensure that all its coal face employees
have read this book and have the full support of the company
so that they can implement the suggestions that Lock has
been kind enough to make. Unlike several other books in the
marketplace on project management, this book covers both
project planning and project execution - the combination of
which is necessary to achieve a wholly successful project.
Inadequate project planning will make successful project
execution a difficult, if not impossible, target to attain.
Project Magazine
The fourth edition of Essentials of Project Management
is the complement to Dennis Locks comprehensive, and
encyclopaedic textbook; Project Management (now in its
Tenth Edition). Essentials provides a concise account of the
principles and techniques of project management, designed
to meet the needs of the business manager or student. Using
examples and illustrations, the author introduces the key
project management procedures and explains clearly how
and when to use them.
October 2014
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Bridging the Business-Project


Divide

228 pages
978-1-4724-4253-6 26.50
978-1-4724-4254-3
978-1-4724-4255-0

$44.95

Gower Handbook of People


in Project Management
Edited by Dennis Lock and Lindsay Scott
This book has 63 chapters that average at about 13 pages per
chapter. Each chapter has an introduction, some discussion
and a conclusion, and is written by a current practitioner. I
think that rather than being read from cover to cover, this
book should be treated more like an encyclopedia - it could be
the first place you would go to in order to research a topic, to
be followed up in more detail if need be. In this application,
the book does a good job across a wide range of subjects it
should be borne in mind that for this price you are getting at
least 3 times the content of a more standard-sized book. This
would be a good book to have on the shelves of a university,
an organisational PMO, or a PM practitioner looking to develop
their knowledge of the people aspects of PM.
Brilliant Baselines

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409437857

R. Max Wideman P.Eng. FCSCE, FEIC, FICE, Fellow PMI,


Project Management Wisdom
April 2013
574 pages
Paperback
978-1-4094-5269-0 35.00
Hardback and CD 978-1-4094-5419-9 65.00
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-5420-5
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-7476-0

$59.95
$109.95

The Bare Facts

$180.00

Author Dennis Lock presents Naked Project Management


as an introductory guide to the world of project management.
It is for students and managers who need to understand how
small projects should be managed but who, nonetheless, do
not necessarily intend to become permanent project managers
themselves. In this little book, Dennis has stripped project
management down to its bare facts simplifying everything
but trivializing nothing. He explains and illustrates the
essential project management skills in pragmatic and jargonfree terms. Everything is carefully laid out and supported with
clear diagrams. It covers all the essential aspects of project
management using astonishingly few words.
Max Wideman, Project Wisdom
124 pages
978-1-4094-6105-0
978-1-4094-6106-7
978-1-4094-6107-4

12.99

$24.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409461050

Managing Aviation Projects


from Concept to Completion
Triant G. Flouris and Dennis Lock
November 2009
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

528 pages
978-0-7546-7615-7
978-0-7546-9874-6
978-1-4094-8613-8

80.00

John Brinkworth tackles the subject by examining the


symptoms how do we know there is a problem, and how is
it manifested?; the causes a deeper analysis going behind
the symptoms to consider the root causes; and the solutions
addressing the root causes and how this could lead to more
successful projects.
230 pages
978-1-4094-6517-1 70.00
978-1-4094-6518-8
978-1-4094-6519-5

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409465171

Naked Project Management

March 2013
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Bridging the Business-Project Divide is a wonderfully


pragmatic book which understands that one of the most
natural ways to connect projects and business-as-usual
activities is by identifying the needs of both, where these
diverge and, most importantly, how to bring them together.
Unfortunately, the natural side-effect of two so different
perspectives is misunderstanding, mutual incomprehension,
and despite good intentions on both sides, failure to deliver
to mutual benefit.

August 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409452690

Dennis Lock

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472442536

September 2013 908 pages


Hardback
978-1-4094-3785-7 100.00
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-3786-4
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-0299-8

John Brinkworth
Project Management by Dennis Lock, now in its 10th Edition,
is a substantial, very thorough and practical book. From the
contents it becomes obvious that the author has a broad
range of project experience not just in a wide variety of types
of project, but also from end to end - and then somethe
contents and examples are applicable to projects worldwide
If you purchase the Tutors Edition, the book also includes a
CD ROM with over 600 PowerPoint slides supporting all of
the first 28 chapters These timed slide presentations are
well prepared and represent a valuable asset for instructors
wishing to use the book as a basis for instruction.

$144.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754676157

Gower Handbook of Project


Management
FIFTH EDITION
Edited by Rodney Turner
From previous editions:
This book should become to Project Management
what Hudsons has become to Contract Law.
Dr David Wallace FInstCES, Chairman, Project Management
Panel for Civil Engineering Surveyor
The Handbook gives an introduction to, and overview of, the
essential knowledge required for managing projects. The
selected team of contributors includes many of the most
experienced and highly regarded international writers and
practitioners.
Gower Handbook of Project Management has become
the definitive desk reference for project management
practitioners, this Fifth Edition has been substantially
restructured. All but two of the authors are new, reflecting
the fast changing and emerging perspectives on projects
and their management.
The discrete nature of each chapter makes this Handbook
a wonderful source of advice and background theory that is
easy to consult.
April 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

580 pages
978-1-4724-2296-5
978-1-4724-2297-2
978-1-4724-2298-9

100.00 $175.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472422965

Aviation Project Management


Triant G. Flouris and Dennis Lock
October 2008
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

314 pages
978-0-7546-7395-8
978-0-7546-9868-5
978-1-4094-8602-2

74.00

$134.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754673958

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

43

Project Management
Reinventing Communication
How to Design, Lead and Manage High
Performing Projects
Mark Phillips
Mark Phillips practically invented project management for
web companies. In his new book, Mark shares his latest
research on creating the right environment for attaining
ambitious results. He draws on economics, psychology,
project management and decades of experience as a CEO
and thought leader. The stories alone make the book worth
reading. It is a must-have for web companies, entrepreneurs
and established companies who want to maintain an edge.
Ilya Pozin, columnist, Forbes & Inc
Reinventing Communication is about creating the conditions
for performance and attaining long term success. Whether
a start-up, a global enterprise or a government agency, this
book will show you how to deliver ambitious achievements
by getting communication right. It is a book no manager,
leader or innovator should be without.
April 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

182 pages
978-1-4724-1100-6
978-1-4724-1101-3
978-1-4724-1102-0

60.00

$104.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472411006

Validating Strategies
Linking Projects and Results to Uses
and Benefits
Phil Driver

Systems Lifecycle
Cost-Effectiveness

Project Risk Governance


Managing Uncertainty and Creating
Organisational Value

The Commercial, Design and Human


Factors of Systems Engineering

Dieter Fink

Massimo Pica
A very valuable body of knowledge covering best practice
and established theory for those involved with the long term
cost appraisal of complex engineering projects. The first part
of the book provides a thorough and essential grounding
in the basic concepts of systems life cycle and related
economics. The second part of the book, with its coverage of
a wide range of practical engineering applications, will afford
an essential reference for practitioners conducting analysis,
estimation and managing the life cycle costs of complex
systems as well as for students of life cycle cost estimation
and evaluation.
A.J. Barltrop, President, Association of Cost Engineers, UK
The pressure to minimize expenditure and provide value for
money from reduced resources means that complex projects
have to encompass a wide range of often conflicting issues
and interests. Systems Lifecycle Cost-Effectiveness shows
how to manage the difficulties that can arise. Massimo Pica
presents a variety of models for calculating cost, benefits
and risk in projects, and explains how the human factors
associated with a systems design and consequent value
are as important as the technical costs associated with its
construction or creation.
February 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

182 pages
978-1-4094-6246-0 65.00
978-1-4094-6247-7
978-1-4094-6248-4

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409462460
Ever wondered why your organisations strategies have
limited impact or simply fail? Phil Drivers book addresses
this issue using a simple but powerful model: PRUB (also
known as Project Results Users Benefits). As I read the
early chapters, I began contacting work colleagues about the
simplicity of PRUB and how it can be applied to the way we
look at the benefits of our interventions The PRUB model
is a valuable tool for both the organisation and a professional
project manager to have at their disposal.
Project magazine
The model at the heart of this book: Organisations run
Projects that produce Results and enable people to Use
them to create Benefits, is intuitive and provides a succinct
approach to project and programme management that
guides organisations to create, validate and implement
strategies.
Phil Driver brings together the worlds of strategy and project
management so as to combine effectiveness (doing the right
things) with efficiency (doing things right).
April 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

294 pages
978-1-4724-2781-6
978-1-4724-2782-3
978-1-4724-2783-0

70.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472427816

$119.95

Implementation Guidelines for Major Projects


Robert James Chapman
Rob Chapmans book is highly unusual but completely
invaluable in taking a case study based approach to a subject
that often is confused by an excess of jargon and process.
Dr Chapman draws on an extensive international range
of real projects to demonstrate how things can so easily
go wrong, and what project managers can learn from high
profile failures. I thoroughly recommend this book to
anyone involved in project and programme management.
Steve Fowler, CEO, The Institute of Risk Management, UK
The discipline of project risk management is continually
evolving and has matured over time. However within
the literature there has been a disproportionate focus on
process, techniques and statistical analysis at the expense
of understanding how effective risk management is
delivered. The Rules of Project Risk Management provides
readers with practical insights in the form of guidelines or
rules to enhance effective delivery of a discipline which
has been proven to directly contribute to securing a projects
objectives. A series of mini case studies are included to
improve comprehension of the guidelines. The structure
of the book has been designed to enable project and risk
personnel and students alike to quickly appreciate and
assimilate those aspects of risk management that warrant
close scrutiny and comprehension. Robert Chapmans advice
is given with clarity and is based on very broad experience.
264 pages
978-1-4724-1195-2 39.50
978-1-4724-1196-9
978-1-4724-1197-6

Keith OShea, Managing Director QTC Consulting Pty Ltd


December 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

270 pages
978-1-4724-1904-0
978-1-4724-1905-7
978-1-4724-1906-4

65.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472419040

Communicating Projects
An End-to-End Guide to Planning,
Implementing and Evaluating Effective
Communication
Ann Pilkington
This is a well written, practical and easy to read book,
whilst at the same time having a sound grounding in theory.
Its coverage of all elements of communication in project
management make it invaluable to those new to projects.
However, I would also recommend it to the more seasoned
project manager to improve on techniques already used.
All in all a productive read.
Robert Orton MCMI, Information and Content Developer,
Chartered Management Institute

The Rules of Project Risk


Management

January 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

The delivery of organisational strategy will be greatly assisted


by the focus of this text, in relating the connection to project
management and in particular project risk governance. The
figures provided simplify the connection, and the checklists
will supply the required focus to enhance extant knowledge
and contribute to organisational growth in this crucial aspect
of corporate governance and success.

November 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

194 pages
978-1-4094-5319-2
978-1-4094-5320-8
978-1-4724-0832-7

65.00 $109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453192

Business Leadership for


IT Projects
Gary Lloyd
Lloyd is a veteran IT enabler and has worked with many
businesses on successful projects. His book is well-written
and easy to read Its obvious that Lloyd has learned a lot
from a real world application of project management, and as a
result, has turned his mistakes into checklists readers can use
to identify leadership gaps and hopefully manage these into
positive outcomes. It captures the essence of the subject in
a concise manner
Quality World
September 2013 188 pages
Hardback
978-1-4094-5690-2
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-5691-9
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-0811-2

49.50

$89.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409456902

$69.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472411952

44

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Project Management
ProjectThink

BESTSELLER

Project Sponsorship

Why Good Managers Make Poor


Project Choices

Business Architecture

An Essential Guide for Those Sponsoring


Projects Within Their Organizations

A Practical Guide

Lev Virine and Michael Trumper


AWARD: PROJECT MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE
DAVID I. CLELAND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
LITERATURE AWARD 2014
This is a very useful guide for any project manager who is
ready and willing to explore the impact of decision-making on
project origination and performance. I think that for many the
first step is to be aware of the issues involved, and the book
does an outstanding job conveying the breadth of decision
and risk issues that can affect project performance.
Brad Hermanson, GEI Consultants Inc., USA
September 2013 252 pages
Hardback
978-1-4094-5498-4
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-5499-1
ebook ePUB
978-1-4724-0403-9

David West

Jonathan Whelan and Graham Meaden


August 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

304 pages
978-1-4094-3859-5
978-1-4094-3860-1
978-1-4094-6153-1

50.00

$89.95

How Concentrating on a Few Key Initiatives


Can Dramatically Improve Strategy Execution

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409454984

248 pages
978-1-4094-2566-3
978-1-4094-2567-0
978-1-4094-5936-1

65.00

$119.95

Organization, Strategies and Assurance for


Successful Projects
Thomas P. Wise

Using Psychological Models and


Techniques to Create a Successful Project

FINALIST IN THE BUSINESS: MANAGEMENT AND


LEADERSHIP CATEGORY OF THE 2013 INTERNATIONAL
BOOK AWARDS. HONORABLE MENTION AT THE 2013
NEW YORK BOOK FESTIVAL. HONORABLE MENTION
AT THE 2013 GREAT MIDWEST BOOK FESTIVAL

January 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Sharon De Mascia
$109.95

PM World Journal
July 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

212 pages
978-1-4094-5361-1
978-1-4094-5362-8
978-1-4724-0833-4

68.00

$124.95

How to Ensure You Achieve What You


Need from Your Projects
Mario Kossmann
There are many books and scientific publications on systems
engineering and requirements management. This book is not
claiming to substitute them but rather offers a comprehensive
and practical guide for project managers in a wide range of
business contexts of different levels of complexity. The book
is written in a simple but not simplistic manner supported
by concrete and detailed real life examples, thereby allowing
non-experts in the field to greatly enhance their project
outcomes via improved management of their requirements.
Dr Vassilis Agouridas, Strategy & Company Development,
Eurocopter
212 pages
978-1-4094-5137-2 70.00
978-1-4094-5138-9
978-1-4094-7141-7

$124.95

POPULAR BACKLIST
Lean and Digitize

David Hulett
240 pages
978-0-566-09166-7 70.00
978-1-4094-2812-1
978-1-4094-5910-1

$119.95

242 pages
978-0-566-08864-3
978-0-566-09193-3
978-1-4094-5859-3

70.00

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088643

Tools for Complex Projects


Kaye Remington and Julien Pollack
232 pages
978-0-566-08741-7
978-1-4094-0892-5
978-1-4094-5872-2

70.00

$124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087417

BESTSELLER

Global Project Management


Communication, Collaboration and
Management Across Borders

BESTSELLER

AWARD: PROJECT MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE


DAVID I. CLELAND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
LITERATURE AWARD 2008

Practical Schedule Risk Analysis


David Hulett

June 2011
Hardback
$134.95

$129.95

Jean Binder

240 pages
978-0-566-08790-5
978-0-7546-9196-9
978-1-4094-5852-4

70.00 $119.95

480 pages
978-1-4094-3767-3 104.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409437673

November 2007
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

308 pages
978-0-566-08706-6
978-0-7546-8774-0
978-1-4094-5810-4

75.00 $129.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087066

BESTSELLER

Critical Chain
A Business Novel

David Hulett

74.00

75.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566091667

Two Volume Set

Bernardo Nicoletti

394 pages
978-1-4094-0094-3
978-1-4094-1086-7
978-1-4094-5876-0

A Maturity Model for Organisational


Implementation

February 2008
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087905

An Integrated Approach to
Process Improvement
266 pages
978-1-4094-4194-6
978-1-4094-4195-3
978-1-4094-8464-6

79.00 $139.95

Integrated Cost-Schedule
Risk Analysis
June 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Gerald Bradley

October 2009
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409409557

July 2009
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409451372

316 pages
978-1-4094-0955-7
978-1-4094-0956-4
978-1-4094-5921-7

A Practical Guide to Achieving Benefits


Through Change

Lynda Bourne

Translating Aspirations into Performance

Requirements Management

November 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

$59.95

Value Management
October 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

May 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

35.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409418375

Roger H. Davies and Adam J. Davies

Benefit Realisation Management

Stakeholder Relationship
Management

Peter Taylor

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409453611

70.00 $124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409400943

How to Build the Best Project


Management Office for Your Business
206 pages
978-1-4094-1837-5
978-1-4094-1838-2
978-1-4094-5922-4

December 2010 264 pages


Hardback and CD 978-0-566-08879-7
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-2646-2
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-5895-1

May 2010
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Leading Successful PMOs

October 2011
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Martin Hopkinson,

SECOND EDITION
60.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566089428
The author has done a fantastic job of conveying the
concept in the most interesting way by providing real cases
Any IT project manager should benefit from this book Team
members of virtual teams could also benefit from this book.
The author with his vast experience and research on virtual
teams, has channelized to share his learnings through this
book. The book not only focusses on briefing the factors
that control the virtual teams effectively, but also strongly
advises on how organizational processes and policies should
be formulated such that trust stays with all employees in an
organization Since trustworthy virtual teams are the need
of the hour, this book is definitely worth a read.

Measuring and Improving Risk


Management Capability

BESTSELLER

Project Psychology

218 pages
978-0-566-08942-8
978-1-4094-3829-8
978-1-4094-5931-6

$49.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088797

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409425663

Trust in Virtual Teams

25.00

The Project Risk Maturity Model

The Focused Organization

April 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

256 pages
978-0-566-08888-9
978-1-4094-1079-9
978-1-4094-6063-3

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088889

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409438595

Antonio Nieto-Rodriguez
49.95 $89.95

December 2010
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Eliyahu M Goldratt
$190.00

September 1997 254 pages


Paperback
978-0-566-08038-8 19.99
www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566080388

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409441946

Get exclusive rewards at www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

45

Project Management

SERIES

www.ashgate.com/pbc

PRACTICAL BUILDING CONSERVATION


English Heritage
They offer considerable information and advice on many aspects of conservation Great emphasis is placed in all the volumes on making the reader familiar with the material in question, giving
them as much information and direction as possible to allow them to understand what they are dealing with gives a comprehensive hands on approach; solutions are found, methods described
and practical tips freely given.
Jane Jones-Warner, Member RIBA Conservation Group, RIBA SCA AABC IHBC
The primary editors for each volume acknowledge the contributions of numerous authors and the series strength is in the breadth of the conservation community engaged in the project - a
twenty-first-century galaxy of highly regarded practitioners and conservators brought together in a single technical series the books are accessibly organized and elegantly designed. It is easy to
navigate around them and, importantly, between them. Links to other volumes in the series are colour-coded in the text so that cross-referral to Stone, for example, from Mortars, which is frequently
relevant, provides helpful signposting to the relevant detailed guidance in the companion handbook The illustrations are enormously valuable and the Timber volume, in particular, includes
axonometric drawings of timber structures that beautifully display complex construction. These volumes are in all ways an essential, one-stop resource for conservation practitioners: well-organized,
expertly informed, compellingly illustrated, signposting other key resources and (let us not take this for granted) written in lucid English.
The Historic Environment
Since the original series of Practical Building Conservation appeared in 1988, it has become a standard reference for those caring for historic buildings large and small: essential reading for
architects, surveyors and building managers, as well as conservators. Ashgate Publishing and English Heritage are now publishing an update to this seminal series. The new series has not
only been updated to cover the latest techniques and materials, but has been greatly expanded and copiously illustrated. English Heritage is renowned for its expertise in the conservation of
buildings, gardens and archaeological sites, and these books are an accessible distillation of many years of experience. They look in detail at building materials ranging from the ancient to the
modern, and are studded throughout with practical advice.

Practical Building Conservation:


Earth, Brick and Terracotta

Practical Building Conservation:


Concrete

Earth, Brick and Terracotta deals with fired and unfired clay
products. It considers their technological evolution, the
processes causing deterioration and how these should
be assessed, and the methods used for their repair and
maintenance.

This hardback book is a delight to handle, the text is well


laid out and pleasing to the eye and there are numerous
well-drawn diagrams. Both colour and black-and-white
photographs (many supplied by The Concrete Society) are
artistically used to richly illustrate this volume, bringing to
life what can sometimes be a dull material. This really is an
impressive-looking book.
Concrete Magazine

August 2015
Hardback

520 pages
978-0-7546-4553-5

65.00

$119.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754645535

April 2013
Hardback

Practical Building Conservation:


Building Environment
Building Environment looks at the interaction between
building materials and systems and their surroundings,
and how this may lead to deterioration. It presents ways of
assessing remedial treatments, and includes discussions
on occupant health and sustainable retrofitting.
October 2014
Hardback

664 pages
978-0-7546-4558-0

65.00

$119.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754645580

Practical Building Conservation:


Roofing
This book provides a sound basis for understanding roofs,
and allowing informed choices to be made in the long-term
interest of the building. Certainly no student of conservation
should be without this book and likewise most professionals
should greatly benefit from its clear and thorough practical
analysis of a complex subject.

65.00

65.00

$119.95

654 pages
978-0-7546-4559-7 65.00

$119.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754645597

Practical Building Conservation:


Glass and Glazing
March 2012
Hardback

Practical Building Conservation:


Conservation Basics
Conservation Basics presents a very good introduction to the
integrated approach required for the successful management
of historic environments and the heritage assets situated
within them by using appropriate maintenance and repair
strategies Each section is presented in a succinct, crisp,
easy-to-read style, profusely illustrated with drawings,
photographs and diagrams (it) should be essential reading
for all architectural, engineering and surveying students and
practitioners who aspire to work on historic building fabric.
Likewise, both contractors and specialists who tender for work
on older buildings and property managers with historic assets
in their portfolios will find this book worthy of their attention.
Journal of Architectural Conservation
April 2013
Hardback

396 pages
978-0-7546-4551-1

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754645511

Roofing looks at traditional roof coverings used on historic


buildings. Many materials and systems have been used to
provide roof coverings, and the book provides information
about their technological evolution, the processes causing
deterioration, and ways of assessing problems and solutions.
Repairs, maintenance and conflicts with modern practices
are also covered.
682 pages
978-0-7546-4556-6

March 2012
Hardback

504 pages
978-0-7546-4557-3

65.00

$119.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754645573

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754645658

Cornerstone: magazine of The Society for The Protection of


Ancient Buildings

January 2014
Hardback

320 pages
978-0-7546-4565-8

Practical Building Conservation:


Mortars, Renders and Plasters

65.00 $119.95

Practical Building Conservation:


Metals
March 2012
Hardback

474 pages
978-0-7546-4555-9

65.00

$119.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754645559

Practical Building Conservation:


Timber
March 2012
Hardback

498 pages
978-0-7546-4554-2

65.00 $119.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754645542

Practical Building Conservation:


Stone
March 2012
Hardback

348 pages
978-0-7546-4552-8

65.00 $119.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754645528

10-volume set
July 2015
Hardback Set

5018 pages
978-1-4094-0944-1 500.00

$975.00

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781409409441

$119.95

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754645566

46

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Supply Chain, Procurement and Outsourcing


www.gowerpublishing.com/supplychain
Successful Supply Chain
Vendor Compliance
Norman A. Katz
Whatever role your organization occupies in the global
supply chain, as a producer or a vendor, inconsistencies in
services or processes either upstream or downstream can
introduce significant costs or risks to your business. The
longer and more culturally and geographically diverse the
supply chain, the greater the risks and the harder it is to
ensure compliance standards along its length. Successful
Supply Chain Vendor Compliance explains the technical,
process and cultural elements that go into a successful
compliance program. Bernard Katz looks at the design,
communication and evaluation of compliance programs.
Along the way, he tackles tough issues such as ethics and
fairness and offers insights that will help both producers and
vendors improve their supply chain. Norman Katzs practical
guide is a must-have resource to help you with this complex
and shifting aspect of international business.
November 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

160 pages
978-1-4724-7201-4
978-1-4724-7202-1
978-1-4724-7203-8

70.00 $119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472472014

Enterprise Relationship
Management
A Paradigm For Alliance Success
Richard Gibbs and Andrew Humphries

The Strategic Alliance Handbook


A Practitioners Guide to
Business-to-Business Collaborations
You cannot build a successful alliance by rote it is as
much an art as a science and this book expertly covers both
aspects equally well. The Common Success Factors guide the
reader through the science a comprehensive discussion
of what to consider. The Case Studies and examples from
Mikes own experience give a guide to the artistic aspects.
Working through the various strategic and tactical decisions
that must at least be considered, the book offers value to
everyone involved in Alliances.
Clive South, EMEA Alliance Manager at Hewlett-Packard
Strategic alliances are complex business models to get right,
and with less than 11% of alliances delivering the anticipated
results this advice on developing the skills of alliancing and
the long-term capability of the business will be welcomed.
The Strategic Alliance Handbook is a clear and complete
guide to the nuts and bolts of the process behind successful
collaborations. The book enables readers to understand the
commercial, technical, strategic, cultural and operational
logic behind any alliance and to establish an approach that is
appropriate for the kind of alliance they are seeking and the
partner organization(s) with whom they are working.
384 pages
978-0-566-08779-0 90.00
978-0-7546-8142-7
978-1-4094-7136-3

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087790

As an entrepreneur who has started several businesses,


most of which were centred on partnerships, I can highly
recommend Enterprise Relationship Management as a real
tour de force of this topic. It is clear that the authors have
distilled their deep knowledge and many years experience into
this book. It covers all you need to know of this increasingly
important and often neglected corner of the modern business
world. I particularly enjoyed Chapters 3 and 4 on cultural
influences and found the section on reporting very helpful.
Figure 6.9 is typical of the very useful graphics throughout the
book and deals with the key question make, collaborate or
buy?; increasingly the answer is collaborate and this book
is the perfect guide to efficiently managing that process.
Mike Reilly, CEO, Ether NDE Ltd
Richard Gibbs and Andrew Humphries provide a practical
guide to the management process needed for co-ordinating
all the business activities that are essential to the success
of a joint/multi-party endeavour. The eight partnership types
that the authors have developed from their research will help
readers adapt their relationship strategies to the different
opportunities that present themselves and focus their
greatest time and resources on the collaborations that
offer the greatest value.

Derek Parlour

Mike Nevin

October 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Successful Outsourcing
and Multi-Sourcing

$154.95

If anyone has the right to write a book about successful


outsourcing its Derek, because National Rail Enquiries has
been one of the big successes in outsourcing and Derek has
played a key part in that success. Dont expect this to be an
academic study, although all the luminaries are here: Lesley
Wilcox, Tom Gash, Chris Halward and more. Derek calls upon
them to demonstrate his points and argue why one course
of action may be better than another. He illustrates this
work with a number of case studies National Rail Enquires
of course, and many more. He includes checklists, some
excellent examples from the Institute of Government and
historical points ranging from the Ford Motor Company in
the 1920s to the UK Cabinet Office in 2013! There are some
cracking recommendations, ideas and observations; you
can tell Derek is a practitioner as, unusually for books on
outsourcing, he devotes many pages to transition and change.
If youve ever run an outsourcing programme, believe me,
this is one of the most important areas in outsourcing and is
often overlooked. Finally he shows how a lifecycle model can
help you understand the outsourcing process and prepare for
whats to come.
All in all I would recommend this book to anyone either
starting, running or responsible for outsourcing; it balances
research and the school of hard knocks (Dereks hands-on
experience) to give you a well-balanced view of outsourcing.
You can read it from cover to cover to build up your knowledge
or delve into the sections that will help you deal with the
issues you are facing now. If youve read this far, youll know
Im convinced, so buy it!
Martyn Hart, Founder of the National Outsourcing
Association (NOA), UK
The author of Successful Outsourcing and Multi-Sourcing is
a practitioner heading an operation that handles 500 million
customer contacts a year with less than 30 staff, through
both outsourcing and multi-sourcing. As well as a focus
on multi-sourcing, the book addresses the question of
why a business should outsource in the first place and
how decisions to do this should be strategic, rather than
it being something that happens by accident.
August 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

228 pages
978-1-4724-2646-8
978-1-4724-2647-5
978-1-4724-2648-2

65.00

$109.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472426468

Enterprise Relationship Management will help ensure


organisations have the requisite ability to form, manage,
retire and exit partnerships in a fluid and agile way, thus
getting the most from these partnerships.
March 2015
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

234 pages
978-1-4724-2908-7
978-1-4724-2909-4
978-1-4724-2910-0

70.00 $119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472429087

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

47

Supply Chain, Procurement and Outsourcing


Supply Chain Visibility
From Theory to Practice

Sustainable Value Chain


Management

Jonah Saint McIntire

A Research Anthology

Jonah McIntire brings a unique mix of academic and industry


experience to his work. This allows him to guide readers of
all organizational levels and experience through the theory
and into the practical aspects of implementing a supply
chain visibility initiative. His review of existing technologies
is especially useful for those just starting down this road.

Mike Early, formerly Managing Director of Logistics,


Build-A-Bear Workshop, Inc.

Jonah McIntire sets the stage for a new framework that


empowers business leaders to connect their projects, tasks
or work streams back to the strategic message that it is
worth applying organizational resources to supply chain
visibility. Drawing on research findings, he reviews the
prerequisites needed for a successful visibility solution and
suggests a visibility fitness scorecard to compare the quality
of widely varying approaches. The second section of Supply
Chain Visibility reviews in detail the eight most common
types of supply chain visibility and offers a set of indicators
of potential fit for each one. The book also explains how
to acquire visibility technology and the available options,
including guidance on best practice for in-house designed
systems.
January 2014
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

212 pages
978-1-4724-1346-8
978-1-4724-1347-5
978-1-4724-1348-2

70.00 $119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472413468

Understanding the Financial Impact


of Buying Decisions
Richard France
Professional purchasing people need to understand business
finance and costing, frequently as part of an upstream Supplier
Appraisal process, but also within existing relationships. As
Purchasing moves to be more strategic this is evermore so.
This book will be a useful resource for buyers both testing
the viability of supplying organisations and also those
investigating the sources of cost which Suppliers propose
to include within in the goods and services they provide.
Mike Fogg, FCIPS MIAP MCMI
298 pages
978-0-566-09171-1 60.00
978-1-4094-6419-8
978-1-4094-6420-4

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566091711

The last two decades have seen the growing recognition


in business that social and environmental problems are
increasingly business problems. Initially, it was in the sectors
most obviously affected, such as the resource-extraction
industries, now it is becoming widely taken for granted as
business people in many sectors come to see how their
companies affect and are affected by forces such as climate
change, resource scarcity, and population growth. As this
research anthology makes amply clear, value chains are
key to an effective response by companies to many of these
sustainability challenges, and organizations are now starting
to give attention to sustainability in managing their value
chains. Drawing on a wide range of different geographical and
industry perspectives, this rich collection of articles provides
a basis for deeper understanding of both the sustainability
challenges in value chains and the business opportunities.
N. Craig Smith, INSEAD, Fontainebleau Cedex, France
October 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

580 pages
978-1-4094-3508-2 110.00 $190.00
978-1-4094-3509-9
978-1-4094-7134-9

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409435082

See Also

Finance for Purchasing


Managers

October 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Edited by Adam Lindgreen, Franois Maon,


Jolle Vanhamme and Sankar Sen

A Short Guide to Contract Risk


page 13
Detecting and Reducing Supply Chain Fraud
page 17
Financing Trade and International Supply
Chains
page 10
Procuring Successful Mega-Projects
page 39

POPULAR BACKLIST
International Trade and the
Successful Intermediary
Davide Giovanni Papa and Lorna Elliott
December 2009
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

280 pages
978-0-566-08934-3 70.00
978-0-566-09223-7
978-1-4094-5863-0

$119.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566089343

Dynamic Supply Chain


Alignment
A New Business Model for Peak
Performance in Enterprise Supply Chains
Across All Geographies
John Gattorna
July 2009
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

440 pages
978-0-566-08822-3
978-1-4094-0247-3
978-1-4094-5861-6

70.00 $124.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088223

The Contract Scorecard


Successful Outsourcing by Design
Sara Cullen
April 2009
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

266 pages
978-0-566-08793-6
978-0-7546-8171-7
978-1-4094-5846-3

70.00 $140.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087936

BESTSELLER

Hoshin Kanri
The Strategic Approach to
Continuous Improvement
David Hutchins
September 2008 308 pages
Hardback
978-0-566-08740-0 50.00
ebook PDF
978-0-7546-9098-6
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-5827-2

$89.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566087400

$109.95

Project Management for Supplier


Organizations
page 42
Shared Services in Finance and Accounting
page 11

48

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

GOWER

Training and Learning


www.gowerpublishing.com/training
BESTSELLER

Working Together
Organizational Transactional Analysis
and Business Performance
Anita Mountain and Chris Davidson
Anita and Chris help us take a fresh look at common
workplace frustrations, providing the framework and
vocabulary to understand and prevent them. The exercises
provided help us change our behaviour at home and in
the workplace to help us get the successful outcomes we
know we deserve. A must read reference book for CEOs,
managers, salespeople, trainers and anyone who has ever
struggled to understand the human condition!

Nigel Dunand, Professional Development Director,


Sandler Training

Anita Mountain and Chris Davidson explore the dynamics


of organizations and their performance through the lens of
Transactional Analysis to enable effective communication at
all levels of the organization. TA is particularly accessible and
effective because every tool can be illustrated with diagrams
and the text uses this principle to provide a balance between
theory and practical application. This is a book that offers
a comprehensive look at the whole range of aspects that
enhance and support relationships within the context of
organizations.
March 2015
Paperback
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

292 pages
978-1-4724-6159-9
978-0-566-08846-9
978-1-4094-3156-5
978-1-4094-8667-1

35.00
70.00

$69.95
$124.95

Digital Dieting

Action Learning for Managers

From Information Obesity to Intellectual Fitness

SECOND EDITION

Tara Brabazon
The breadth of the book is staggering at times, as Brabazon
explores a wide range of issues that surround the digital media
and information landscape today, including the concept of
digital justice and equality, how the conspicuous consumption
of iPads and other branded technologies can control the
information we receive, and how to help learners effectively
migrate through the different stages and levels of literacy.
Throughout, Brabazons strategies are delivered in a way that
is refreshingly personal, honest and passionate. Her desire
to improve the quality of student learning and engagement
permeates every page. Some of her ideas and techniques may
(inadvertently) make great soundbytes, however this is a book
about a lot more than the idea of banning Google for first year
undergraduates, and it would be very wrong if that were to be
the main focus of what is a wide-ranging, thought-provoking
and much-needed discussion.
Libfocus
October 2013
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

342 pages
978-1-4724-0937-9 35.00
978-1-4724-0938-6
978-1-4724-0939-3

$59.95

Enhancing the
Doctoral Experience

$165.00

BESTSELLER

ABC of Action Learning

LSE Review of Books


One of the major intangible benefits associated with the
postgraduate research experience is precisely that: the
experience. For many doctoral students that experience is
shaped by their relationship with and support from their
supervisor. Against a challenging background of growing
numbers of students but also increasing pressures on time
and costs, Enhancing the Doctoral Experience offers an
approach to improve the effectiveness of the doctoral student
and increase the professionalization of research supervision.
It does so by providing both with an awareness of, and a
toolkit to approach, student diversity.
November 2014
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

292 pages
978-1-4094-5175-4
978-1-4094-5176-1
978-1-4724-0169-4

25.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409451754

$44.95

August 2011
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

154 pages
978-1-4094-2703-2
978-1-4094-2704-9
978-1-4094-6068-8

14.99

Gower Film
May 2008
DVD

24 pages
978-0-347-60005-7 300.00 $575.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780347600057

Blended Learning and Online


Tutoring
Planning Learner Support and Activity Design

222 pages
978-0-566-08841-4
978-0-7546-9251-5
978-1-4094-8555-1

26.00

SECOND EDITION
154 pages
978-0-566-08815-5
978-0-7546-8894-5
978-1-4094-8543-8

26.00

$24.95

The Management of a
Student Research Project
THIRD EDITION
John A Sharp, John Peters and Keith Howard

Pattern Making, Pattern Breaking

June 2002
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

278 pages
978-0-566-08490-4
978-0-7546-8548-7
978-1-4094-6272-9

19.99 $39.95

Using Past Experience and New Behaviour in


Training, Education and Change Management

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566084904

Ann Alder

The Feedback Game

240 pages
978-0-566-08853-7 75.00
978-1-4094-1911-2
978-1-4094-8646-6

$49.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088155

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409427032

November 2010
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

$49.95

How to Get Research


Published in Journals
February 2008
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

Reg Revans
an excellent, thoughtfully-produced pragmatic guide to the
very fine and complicated art of doctoral supervision across
cultures. Its focus on each and every conceivable aspect of the
production of a thesis, in particular, is invaluable. I am sure
that I will be returning to Enhancing the Doctoral Experience
frequently in years to come for advice and tips on making the
PhD process a successful and mutually beneficial endeavour.
Recommended.

No Going Back

Abby Day

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409418412

Steve Hutchinson, Helen Lawrence


and Dave Filipovic-Carter

$19.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088414

FOURTH EDITION

A Guide for Supervisors and their


International Students

9.99

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088636

April 2008
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

POPULAR BACKLIST
Action Learning in Practice
480 pages
978-1-4094-1841-2 90.00
978-1-4094-1842-9
978-1-4094-8689-3

98 pages
978-0-566-08863-6
978-1-4094-2155-9
978-1-4094-6065-7

Janet MacDonald

www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781472409379

January 2012
Hardback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

June 2008
Paperback
ebook PDF
ebook ePUB

SECOND EDITION

Edited by Mike Pedler

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781472461599

Mike Pedler

$134.95

Peter Gerrickens
December 1998
Boxed Game

140 pages
978-0-566-08199-6

50.00

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566088537

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566081996

The Guide to Learning


and Study Skills

MBA Management Models

For Higher Education and at Work


Sue Drew and Rosie Bingham
May 2010
436 pages
Paperback
978-0-566-09233-6
17.99 $34.95
CD-ROM Institutional User

978-1-4094-0495-8 3675.00 $7350.00

978-1-4094-0496-5 1050.00 $2075.00
ebook PDF
978-1-4094-5006-1
ebook ePUB
978-1-4094-5057-3

$89.95

Sue Harding and Trevor Long


September 1998 240 pages
Paperback
978-0-566-08137-8 19.99

$39.95

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566081378

www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9780566092336

See Also
Working at a Distance
page 21
Beyond Goals
page 21

Get exclusive rewards at www.gowerpublishing.com/newsletter

49

Index
A

ABC of Action Learning..................................................49


Abdulai, David N............................................................28
Abouleish, Ibrahim...........................................................4
Abraham, Priya E..............................................................3
Action Learning for Managers.......................................49
Action Learning in Practice............................................49
Action Research for Professional Selling......................34
Adelopo, Ismail...............................................................30
Adendorff, Christian.......................................................28
Advanced Database Marketing......................................35
Advances in Project Management................................41
Affinito, Letizia................................................................36
African-Centred Management Education.....................28
Agapitou, Vasia...............................................................28
Agile Readiness...............................................................42
Ahmed, Abdullahi D.......................................................10
Ahmed, Rukhsana..........................................................37
Alder, Ann........................................................................49
Al-Jayyousi, Odeh Rashed..............................................4
Alserhan, Baker Ahmad..........................................33, 35
Alsop, Mike......................................................................21
Aluchna, Maria...............................................................31
Always On........................................................................33
American Pragmatism and Organization.....................29
Amwata, Nickanor..........................................................33
Anderson, Mark................................................................9
Ansell, John....................................................................37
Antoniou, Alexander-Stamatios...................................17
Appiah-Adu, Kwaku.................................................18, 29
Applying Lean Six Sigma in the Pharmaceutical
Industry.........................................................................36
Aras, Gler.................................................................30, 31
Arman, Rebecka.............................................................37
Arnell, Nigel....................................................................13
Ashley, Patricia...............................................................30
Audit Effectiveness.........................................................11
Auditor Independence....................................................30
Austin, Martin.................................................................37
Aviation Project Management.......................................43
Avolio Alecchi, Beatrice E. .............................................9

Cadieux, Randy E...........................................................14


aliyurt, Kiymet................................................................5
Carroll, Donal..................................................................22
Cavanagh, Michael.........................................................41
CEO: Chief Engagement Officer, The............................23
Chambers, Ian.................................................................18
Changing Face of Compliance, The..............................12
Changing Organizations from Within.............................9
Chapman, Robert James...............................................44
Charles, Ginger...............................................................29
Charry, Karine.................................................................35
Chatterjee, Bikash..........................................................36
Checklists for Due Diligence.........................................11
Choudhury, Masudul Alam.............................................2
Clarke, Sharon................................................................17
Cleden, David..................................................................41
Clutterbuck, David.........................................................21
Clydesdale, Greg.............................................................21
Coleman, Sarah..............................................................38
Collaborating for Results...............................................21
Collaborative Wisdom.....................................................31
Comer, Michael J............................................................15
Commercial Due Diligence............................................16
Communicating Projects...............................................44
Communicating Strategy...............................................23
Comparative Causal Mapping.......................................25
Competitiveness in the Real Economy...........................2
Complete Guide to Business Risk Management........12
Complex Adaptive Leadership........................................28
Conceptions of Professionalism...................................10
Conrad, Christian...........................................................35
Constance, Simon..........................................................22
Contract Scorecard, The.................................................48
Cook, Arthur G................................................................36
Cook, Sarah.....................................................................33
Cooper, Cary L.................................................................17
Cooper, Rachel..................................................................7
Cooper, Tim.......................................................................7
Coping, Personality and the Workplace........................17
Copyrighting Creativity..................................................19
Corporate Community Involvement.............................30
Corporate Reputation.....................................................17
Corporate Risk and Governance....................................15
Corporate Social Performance in Emerging Markets....35
Corporate Strategy in the Age of Responsibility............5
Country Analysis.............................................................11
Coussement, Kristof......................................................35
Creating Healthy Workplaces.........................................17
Creating Innovative Products and Services...................7
Creative City, The............................................................19
Credit Management........................................................11
Critical Chain...................................................................45
Crowther, David..............................................................30
Cruickshank, Leon............................................................6
Cullen, Sara.....................................................................48
Cultural Leadership Handbook, The.............................19
Culture and Project Management.................................39
Culture Builders, The......................................................23
Currie, David M...............................................................11
Customer-Centric Project Management.......................41
Cyberconnecting...............................................................3
Cyber Crime, Security and Digital Intelligence............15
Cyber Security.................................................................12
Cyber Security Culture...................................................15
Cyber Security Management.........................................14

B
Balanced Company, The.................................................30
Bangemann, Tom Olavi.................................................11
Baraldi, Sara Bonini.......................................................19
Bason, Christian...............................................................7
Basu, Ron..................................................................39, 41
Bates, Benjamin R..........................................................37
Bawumia, Mahamudu...................................................18
Beale, Nicholas...............................................................32
Bendell, Tony...................................................................14
Bendl, Regine....................................................................3
Benefit Realisation Management..................................45
Bennett, Simon.................................................................9
Berkovi, Jack...................................................................33
Bettridge, Neela..............................................................30
Beyond Goals...................................................................21
Bhamra, Tracy...................................................................7
Bhatti, M. Ishaq................................................................2
BIALL Handbook of Legal Information Management....25
Bicudo, Edison................................................................37
Binder, Jean....................................................................45
Bingham, Rosie..............................................................49
Biron, Caroline................................................................17
Blackburn, Robert..........................................................18
Bleikh, Haim Y.................................................................10
Blended Learning and Online Tutoring.........................49
Bock, Koen W. De...........................................................35
Booth, David......................................................................3
Boroughs, Allan..............................................................22
Bourantas, Dimitris........................................................28
Bourne, Lynda.................................................................45
Brabazon, Tara................................................................49
Bradley, Gerald................................................................45
Braithwaite, Jeffrey........................................................36
Branding and Product Design.........................................6
Bribery and Corruption...................................................15
Bridging the Business-Project Divide...........................43
Brinkworth, John............................................................43
Broderick, Briana...........................................................36
Brooksbank, David.........................................................16
Brothers, John................................................................18
Brown, Laura...................................................................37
Bruce, Ken.......................................................................10
Brhwiler, Claudia Franziska..........................................3
Bryde, David....................................................................41
Bucero, Alfonso ................................................................
Building Anti-Fragile Organisations..............................14
Building Sustainable Competitive Advantage...............8
Bullivant, Glen................................................................11
Burke, Catherine.............................................................22
Burke, Ronald J........................................................17, 24
Business Architecture....................................................45
Business Development for the Biotechnology
and Pharmaceutical Industry.....................................37
Business Leadership for IT Projects..............................44
Business School Libraries in the 21st Century............26
Business Transformation Essentials..............................8
Business Transformation Management Methodology...8
Buzan, Tony.....................................................................32

50

D
Dalcher, Darren.........................................................40, 41
Daniel, Reuben...............................................................42
Davidson, Chris...............................................................49
Davidson, Marilyn...........................................................24
David, Susan...................................................................21
Davies, Adam J...............................................................45
Davies, Roger H..............................................................45
Day, Abby.........................................................................49
Dealing with Disruption.................................................25
Deception in Selection....................................................21
Decision Sourcing...........................................................26
Dekker, Sidney................................................................14
DelCampo, Robert G......................................................24
Delivering High Performance........................................29
Delivering Successful PMOs.........................................39
Demoulin, Nathalie........................................................35
Demystifying Communications Risk............................16
de Ruijter, Paul..................................................................5
Design Attitude.................................................................6
Design Education..............................................................7
Design for Policy...............................................................7
Design for Services...........................................................7
Design for Sustainability..................................................7
Design for Transport.........................................................7
Design Leadership............................................................6
Design Pedagogy..............................................................6
Designs, Methods and Practices for Research of
Project Management...................................................39
Detecting and Reducing Supply Chain Fraud..............16
Developing and Managing a Successful Payment
Cards Business............................................................11
Devis, Julio Mario Rodriguez......................................... 9
Digital Dieting.................................................................49
Digital Enterprise Transformation...................................8
Digital Renaissance of Work, The..................................25
Diversity in the Workplace..............................................24
Doig, Alan........................................................................16

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

Doody, Helenne...............................................................13
Dottino, Tony...................................................................32
Doyle, James...................................................................19
Drew, Sue........................................................................49
Driver, Phil.......................................................................44
Dynamic Supply Chain Alignment................................48

E
Edgar, David......................................................................9
Edger, Chris.....................................................................29
Edmonds, John...............................................................24
Effective Client Management in Professional Services...33
Effective Document and Data Management...............26
Eggert, Max A..................................................................21
Ellery, David.....................................................................32
Elliott, Lorna....................................................................48
End of Shops, The...........................................................35
Energy Efficiency.............................................................29
Energy Management in Business.................................31
English Heritage.............................................................46
Enhancing the Doctoral Experience..............................49
Enterprise Relationship Management..........................47
Entrepreneurial Marketing.............................................33
Entrepreneurship and Sustainability............................32
Entrepreneurship, Innovation & Business Clusters......9
Equality, Diversity and Opportunity Management......24
Eskerod, Pernille.............................................................40
Essentials of Project Management, The.......................43
Ethgen, Olivier................................................................36
Evans, Christina..............................................................30
Evolution of Strategic Foresight, The............................32
Excellence through Mind-Brain Development.............27
Exercising Agency...........................................................42
Exploiting Future Uncertainty........................................16
Exploring Internal Communication...............................23

F
Failure and the Future of Accounting, The...................11
Fawkes, Steven...............................................................29
Feedback Game, The.......................................................49
Ferri, Paolo.......................................................................19
Field Guide for Organisation Development, A..............21
Field Guide to Understanding Human Error, The......14
Filipovic-Carter, Dave.....................................................49
Finance for Purchasing Managers.................................48
Financing Trade and International Supply Chains......10
Fink, Dieter......................................................................44
Fletcher, Clare.................................................................16
Flouris, Triant G...............................................................43
Focused Organization, The............................................45
Forecasting for the Pharmaceutical Industry..............36
Foreign Direct Investment.............................................11
Foster, Philip A................................................................28
Fox, Suzy ..........................................................................17
France, Richard...............................................................48
Fraser, Gordon Rowland..................................................7
Fraud................................................................................16
Fraud and Corruption......................................................16
Fraud and Corruption in Public Services......................18
From Great to Gone.........................................................34
Fu, Huiyan........................................................................20
Fulfilling Workplace, The ............................................... 17
Future of Health Economics, The..................................36
Future of Pharma, The....................................................37

G
Gambles, Ian.....................................................................9
Game Theory in Management.......................................32
Garden, Annamaria........................................................20
Garmann Johnsen, Hans Christian...............................8
Gattorna, John................................................................48
Gerrickens, Peter............................................................49
Gibbs, Richard................................................................47
Global Business Handbook, The...................................32
Global HR.........................................................................22
Global Project Management..........................................45
God Conscious Organization and the Islamic Social
Economy.........................................................................2
Gold, Jeff ..........................................................................22
Goldratt, Eliyahu M...................................................32, 45
Gollenia, Lars Alexander.................................................8
Goodman, Elisabeth.......................................................36
Governance in Immigrant Family Businesses.............28
Governance of the Petroleum Sector in an Emerging
Developing Economy...................................................29
Government, SMEs & Entrepreneurship Development...18
Gower Handbook of Internal Communication............23
Gower Handbook of Leadership and Management
Development................................................................22
Gower Handbook of People in Project Management....43
Gower Handbook of Project Management...................43
GpmFirst ..........................................................................38
Grant, Kevin.......................................................................9
Grass Roots Leaders.......................................................32
Greatbanks, Richard......................................................18
Griffin, Ed.........................................................................21
Grschl, Stefan.....................................................3, 24, 29
Grundy, Tony....................................................................37
Guera Genskowsky, Lautaro............................................9
Guide to Learning and Study Skills, The.......................49

H
Haapio, Helena.........................................................13, 16

GOWER

Index
Hacking the Human.......................................................16
Haggerty, Lauren A.........................................................24
Haimowitz, Ira J..............................................................37
Halcro, Keith.....................................................................9
Halkias, Daphne...................................................3, 28, 32
Hall, Mark........................................................................38
Hancock, David..............................................................41
Handbook of Corporate Governance and Social
Responsibility, A...........................................................30
Handbook of Dealing with Workplace Bullying, The...20
Haney, Meredith Jane....................................................24
Harder, Henry G..............................................................17
Harding, Sue...................................................................49
Harkiolakis, Nicholas.......................................................8
Harper, Colin...................................................................34
Harpham, Alan................................................................41
Harrin, Elizabeth.............................................................41
Harris, Elaine...................................................................41
Hrtel, Charmine E.J......................................................24
Hart, Louise.....................................................................39
Harung, Harald S............................................................27
Hassan, Azizul...................................................................2
Hatfield, Michael............................................................32
Hatherly, David ............................................................. 11
Hayes, Roger...................................................................27
Heads or Tails..................................................................15
Healthcare Reform, Quality and Safety........................36
Healthcare Relationship Marketing..............................37
Health Communication and Mass Media....................37
Heesterman, A.R.G...........................................................2
Heesterman, W.H..............................................................2
Herman, Louis...................................................................4
Herrmann, Daniela.........................................................16
Hestad, Monika.................................................................6
Hewison, Robert.............................................................19
Hillson, David......................................................13, 16, 40
Holden, John...................................................................19
Holder, Frank...................................................................15
Hollnagel, Erik................................................................36
Holloway, Jake................................................................41
Holmes, Leonard............................................................30
Honey, Garry....................................................................13
Hooper, Mark J................................................................32
Hopkins, Andrew............................................................12
Hopkinson, Martin..........................................................45
Hoshin Kanri...................................................................48
Howard, Keith.................................................................49
Howson, Peter...........................................................11, 16
How to Get Research Published in Journals...............49
How to Run a Successful Design Business...................7
HR Business Partners....................................................22
Huemann, Martina.........................................................38
Hulett, David...................................................................45
Human Frailties...............................................................17
Human Nature................................................................21
Human Resource Management in the
Project-Oriented Organization....................................38
Human Resources or Human Capital?.........................22
Humble, John.................................................................18
Humphries, Andrew.......................................................47
Hunter, Ian.......................................................................22
Hunter, Paul.......................................................................5
Huq, Rozana....................................................................20
Hutchins, David..............................................................48
Hutchinson, Steve..........................................................49
HyperThinking.................................................................22
Hyslop, Maitland............................................................15

I
Iankova, Katia...................................................................2
Idowu, Samuel O............................................................28
In Business and Battle...................................................32
Inclusive Organizational Transformation.......................4
Indigenous People and Economic Development..........2
Industrial Poverty..............................................................2
Influencing the Quality, Risk and Safety Movement
in Healthcare................................................................36
Information Strategy in Practice....................................26
Ingason, Helgi Thor........................................................41
Innovating Professional Services..................................25
Innovation Support in Latin America and Europe.........9
Innovative Thinking in Risk, Crisis, and Disaster
Management..................................................................9
Integral Advantage............................................................4
Integral Approach to Development Economics, An......4
Integral Development.......................................................4
Integral Dynamics.............................................................4
Integral Economics...........................................................4
Integral Green Zimbabwe.................................................3
Integral Polity....................................................................4
Integral Renewal...............................................................4
Integral Research and Innovation...................................4
Integrated Assurance......................................................14
Integrated Cost-Schedule Risk Analysis......................45
Integrity in Business.......................................................15
Integrity in Government through Records
Management.................................................................18
Internationalisation of Corruption, The........................16
International Multi-Unit Leadership.............................29
International Trade and the Successful Intermediary...48
Irrational Consumer, The...............................................35
Islam and Sustainable Development..............................4
Islamic Financial Economy and Islamic Banking..........2
Israel, Richard.................................................................32
It Should Never Happen Again......................................15
Its Not Luck....................................................................32
Ivantsov, Evgueni............................................................15

Iyer, Nigel...................................................................13, 16

J
Jaques, Elliott.................................................................22
Jemielniak, Dariusz........................................................20
Jenkins, David................................................................32
Jensen, Inger...................................................................30
Jepsen, Anna Lund........................................................40
Joby, Roger......................................................................41
Johnson, Julie.................................................................36
Johnson, Mark..........................................................15, 16
Jonasson, Haukur Ingi..................................................41
Jones, Phil.................................................................23, 32
Jorm, Christine...............................................................37
Joseph, Ugesh A.............................................................34

K
Karlsen, James.................................................................9
Kasum, Abubakar S.......................................................28
Katz, Norman A........................................................16, 47
Keene, Shima D..............................................................16
Kelemen, Mihaela..........................................................29
Kelly, Peter.......................................................................30
Key Determinants of National Development...............18
Kirwan, Cyril....................................................................26
Klev, Roger......................................................................26
Knippel, Lauren Ashley.................................................24
Knowledge Management in Healthcare.......................37
Knowledge Management in the Pharmaceutical
Industry..........................................................................36
Knowledge Sharing in Professions...............................26
Khler, Adri......................................................................41
Komodromos, Marcos.....................................................3
Kossmann, Mario...........................................................45
Kotler, Philip....................................................................32
Kubitscheck, Vicky.........................................................14
Khl, Stefan....................................................................29
Kumar, Dhirendra.............................................................8
Kuosa, Tuomo.................................................................32
Kpers, Wendelin M.......................................................32
Kutsch, Elmar.................................................................38

L
LAbb, Rachel..................................................................2
Lakatos, Zsfia................................................................35
Lake, Andy.......................................................................22
Landscape Professional Practice.....................................7
Lanier, John A.................................................................10
Larrea, Miren.....................................................................9
Larson, Sven R..................................................................2
Lauder, Mike....................................................................15
Lauesen, Linne Marie.....................................................31
Laukkanen, Mauri...........................................................25
Lawrence, Helen.............................................................49
Laws of the Knowledge Workplace, The.......................20
Leadership Meta-Competencies....................................28
Leadership Resilience.....................................................29
Leading Successful PMOs..............................................45
Leading the Customer Experience.................................33
Lean and Digitize.............................................................45
Lecouevre, Laurence......................................................39
Lee, Yang-Im....................................................................14
Lehmacher, Wolfgang....................................................31
Lessem, Ronnie............................................................3, 4
Levin, Morten..................................................................26
Levitt, Tom.......................................................................27
Licensing, Selling and Finance in the Pharmaceutical
and Healthcare Industries..........................................37
Lindgreen, Adam......................................................32, 48
Lisch, Ralf........................................................................34
Lloyd, Gary.......................................................................44
Lock, Dennis....................................................................43
Lofthouse, Vicky...............................................................7
Long, Douglas G.............................................................29
Longer Lasting Products..................................................7
Long, Trevor.....................................................................49
Lorange, Peter.................................................................34
Lowry, James...................................................................18
Lusiani, Maria.................................................................19
Lu, Ying ..........................................................................24
Lyon, Philippa...................................................................7

M
Macdonald, Ian...............................................................22
MacDonald, Janet..........................................................49
Mack, John......................................................................36
MacNicol, Donnie...........................................................38
Made in Germany Champion Brands, The.................34
Making Ecopreneurs.......................................................30
Making Sense of Organizational Learning...................26
Making the Business Case..............................................9
Making the Connections................................................23
Malaket, Alexander R.....................................................10
Mamukwa, Liz...................................................................3
Management of a Student Research Project, The.......49
Management Practice and Creative Destruction........25
Management Science, Operations Research and
Project Management...................................................42
Managerial Fraud.............................................................14
Managing Aviation Projects from Concept to
Completion...................................................................43
Managing Cultural Heritage..........................................19
Managing Innovation Adoption......................................9

Managing Projects in Research and Development.....39


Managing Project Uncertainty.......................................41
Managing Quality in Projects........................................41
Managing Religious Diversity in the Workplace............3
Managing Risk in Projects.............................................40
Managing the Multi-Generational Workforce...............24
Managing the Urgent and Unexpected........................41
Managing Value in Organisations.................................22
Man-Made........................................................................24
Mann, Ian.........................................................................16
Mannion, Russell............................................................36
Manu, Alexander............................................................33
Manville, Graham...........................................................18
Maon, Franois.........................................................32, 48
Mapping Motivation.......................................................27
Marketing High Profit Product/Service Solutions.......35
Marketing Research with SAS Enterprise Guide.........35
Marsh, Elizabeth.............................................................25
Marsh, Tim......................................................................15
Martin, Graeme...............................................................17
Mascia, Sharon De.........................................................45
Mascioni, Michael..........................................................26
Maslen, Sarah.................................................................12
Matsuyama, Yukihiro.....................................................36
Maycroft, Neil....................................................................9
Mayo, Andrew.................................................................22
MBA Management Models............................................49
McDonnell, Peter............................................................34
McEwan, Anne Marie.....................................................26
McIntire, Jonah Saint....................................................48
McKellar, Robert.............................................................13
McManners, Peter............................................................5
McNiff, Jean....................................................................34
Meaden, Graham............................................................45
Mead, Ray........................................................................39
Measuring Performance.................................................32
Measuring Service Performance...................................34
Megginson, David..........................................................21
Mental Illness in the Workplace....................................17
Mermod, Asli Yksel......................................................28
Meroni, Anna.....................................................................7
Michlewski, Kamil............................................................6
Mickov, Biljana................................................................19
Miller, Paul.......................................................................25
Molenaar, Cor............................................................33, 35
Morden, Tony...................................................................24
More, Roger.....................................................................35
Morrison, Rod.................................................................11
Mountain, Anita..............................................................49
Mowles, Chris...................................................................9
Muir, Ian ..........................................................................27
Mullaly, Mark...................................................................42
Mller, Ralf................................................................40, 41
Mullin, Roddy..................................................................34
Multipreneurship..............................................................8
Mumford, Alan................................................................22
Murray-Webster, Ruth..............................................13, 16
Museum Educators Handbook....................................19
Museum Space................................................................19

N
Naked Project Management..........................................43
Neal, Judi.........................................................................41
Neslin, Scott A................................................................35
Nevin, Mike......................................................................47
New Brand Spirit, The.....................................................35
New Guide to Identity, The..............................................7
Newlands, David.............................................................32
New Natural Resource, The.............................................8
New Normal, Radical Shift.............................................30
Nicholls, Daniel..............................................................11
Nicoletti, Bernardo.........................................................45
Nieto-Rodriguez, Antonio..............................................45
No Going Back.................................................................49

O
Obolensky, Nick..............................................................28
Obstructive Marketing....................................................15
Occupational Health and Safety....................................17
Occupational Risk Control.............................................12
ODonovan, Gabrielle.....................................................10
Olins, Wolff........................................................................7
Omoteso, Kamil..............................................................11
Onofri, Federica..............................................................19
Open Design and Innovation...........................................6
Open Organization, The.................................................28
Organizational Justice during Strategic Change...........3
Organizations..................................................................29
Orna, Elizabeth...............................................................26
Oshodi, Basheer A...........................................................4
Oung, Kit..........................................................................31
Out-of-Home Immersive Entertainment Frontier..........6
verland, Arve Peder.....................................................33

P
Pakkiri, Rooven...............................................................26
Papa, Davide Giovanni...................................................48
Park, Greg........................................................................31
Parlour, Derek.................................................................47
Participative Transformation..........................................26
Pasian, Beverly...............................................................39
Patient Safety...................................................................37
Pattern Making, Pattern Breaking.................................49
Pauleen, David J.............................................................32

www.twitter.com/GowerPublishing | www.facebook.com/GowerPublishing | Follow us on LinkedIn

51

Index
Pearson, Gordon...............................................................9
Pedler, Mike.....................................................................49
People, Planet and Profit................................................28
Peplow, Phil.....................................................................41
Performance of Projects and Project Management.....39
Peters, John....................................................................49
Pezzuto, Ivo......................................................................11
Pharmaceutical Research, Democracy & Conspiracy...37
Phillips, Mark..................................................................44
Pica, Massimo...........................................................42, 44
Pilkington, Ann...............................................................44
Piperopoulos, Panos G....................................................9
Plan for the Planet..........................................................18
Planko, Julia....................................................................41
Poganik, Marko...............................................................4
Pollack, Julien.................................................................45
Porsdam, Helle...............................................................19
Practical Building Conservation:
Building Environment.................................................46
Concrete........................................................................46
Conservation Basics....................................................46
Earth, Brick and Terracotta..........................................46
Glass and Glazing........................................................46
Metals ..........................................................................46
Mortars, Renders and Plasters...................................46
Roofing ..........................................................................46
Stone ..........................................................................46
Timber ..........................................................................46
Practical Guide to Dealing with Difficult Stakeholders...41
Practical Schedule Risk Analysis...................................45
Preddy, Shan.....................................................................7
Predictable and Avoidable..............................................11
Price, Martin....................................................................42
Price of Global Health, The.............................................36
Principles of Islamic Marketing, The.......................33, 35
Principles of Project Finance, The..................................11
Proactive Law for Managers...........................................16
Procuring Successful Mega-Projects............................39
Program Management....................................................40
Project Ethics...................................................................41
Project Governance.........................................................40
Project Leadership...........................................................38
Project Life Cycle Economics.........................................42
Project Management......................................................43
Project Management for Supplier Organizations........42
Project Management for the Pharmaceutical Industry....37
Project-Oriented Leadership...........................................41
Project Portfolio Management.......................................40
Project Psychology..........................................................45
Project Resilience............................................................38
Project Risk Analysis......................................................15
Project Risk Governance................................................44
Project Risk Maturity Model, The..................................45
Project Sponsorship........................................................45
Project Stakeholder Management.................................40
ProjectThink.....................................................................45
Psychology of Employee Empowerment, The.............20
Pullan, Penny..................................................................13

Q
Quigg, Anne-Marie.........................................................20
Quirke, Bill.......................................................................23

R
Rackham, Neil................................................................35
Radovi-Markovi, Mirjana.............................................9
Randell, Gerry.................................................................21
Rao, G.P. ............................................................................4
Rash, Josh.......................................................................17
Rebalancing Public Partnership....................................18
Reconstructing Medical Practice...................................37
Rediscovering Sustainability...........................................2
Reframing the Leadership Landscape...........................27
Reilly, Peter......................................................................22
Re-imagining Heritage Interpretation...........................19
Reinventing Communication........................................44
Remaking Ourselves, Enterprise and Society................4
Rembiszewski, Jimmi....................................................34
Remington, Kaye............................................................45
Rendtorff, Jacob Dahl....................................................30
Reproductive Medicine and the Life Sciences in the
Contemporary Economy.............................................37
Requirements Management..........................................45
Requisite Organization...................................................22
Resilient Health Care, Volume 1 and 2.........................36
Re-Tayloring Management.............................................30
Rethinking Management.................................................9
Revans, Reg.....................................................................49
Riddell, John...................................................................36
Rima, Samuel D................................................................4
Rise and Fall of Management, The..................................9
Risky Rewards................................................................12
Roberts, Dale............................................................20, 26
Roles of Organisation Development, The....................20
Ross, Alastair..................................................................25
Ross, Michael N..............................................................25
Ruck, Kevin.....................................................................23
Rules of Project Risk Management, The......................44
Rumens, Nick..................................................................29
Russill, Richard..............................................................13

S
Sachs, MaryLee..............................................................35
Sadgrove, Kit...................................................................12

52

Safety Cant Be Measured..............................................15


Safety Culture..................................................................17
Sale, James.....................................................................27
Salkeld, Derek.................................................................15
Samaratunge, Ramanie.................................................24
Samociuk, Martin.....................................................13, 16
San Cristbal Mateo, Jos Ramn..............................42
Snchez, Yvette.................................................................3
Sangiorg, Daniela.............................................................7
Sans, Marc....................................................................27
Saunders, Jane...............................................................22
Saville, Martin.................................................................21
Scenario Based Strategy...................................................5
Schaper, Michael T...................................................18, 30
Scheuer, John Damm....................................................30
Schieffer, Alexander.....................................................3, 4
Schipper, Ron..................................................................41
Schoonveld, Ed...............................................................36
Scott, Lindsay.................................................................43
Sears, Kim.......................................................................36
Second Order Project Management..............................41
Secret Life of Decisions, The..........................................31
Security Culture..............................................................12
Security Manual..............................................................16
Segal, Steven..................................................................25
Self as Enterprise, The....................................................30
Sen, Sankar.....................................................................48
Seven Inconvenient Truths of Business Strategy, The....5
Shared Services in Finance and Accounting................11
Sharp, John A.................................................................49
Sheldrake, John S............................................................8
Sheridan, Terry A............................................................14
Shoppernomics...............................................................34
Short Guide to Climate Change Risk, A........................13
Short Guide to Contract Risk, A.....................................13
Short Guide to Customs Risk, A....................................13
Short Guide to Facilitating Risk Management, A........13
Short Guide to Fraud Risk, A..........................................13
Short Guide to Operational Risk, A .................................
Short Guide to Political Risk, A......................................13
Short Guide to Procurement Risk, A.............................13
Short Guide to Reputation Risk, A................................13
Short Guide to Risk Appetite, A.....................................13
Shorthose, Jim..................................................................9
Shoup, Daniel.................................................................19
Siedel, George J........................................................13, 16
Silvius, Gilbert.................................................................41
Single-Minded Project, The............................................42
Skilled Migration, Expectation and Reality...................24
Slawsky, Jeff....................................................................11
Smart Flexibility...............................................................22
Smart Working.................................................................26
Smith, Brian D................................................................37
Smith, Cassandra J........................................................21
Smith, Grahame..............................................................21
Smith, Jonathan.............................................................29
Smythe, John..................................................................23
Social Domain in CSR and Sustainability, The............27
Socialize Your Patient Engagement Strategy...............36
Solvency II........................................................................10
Sparrow, Jane.................................................................23
Spells, Sarah...................................................................25
SPIN-Selling.................................................................35
Spirit of Project Management, The................................41
Staginnus, Ulf.................................................................36
Staiff, Russell..................................................................19
Stakeholder Approach to Corporate Social
Responsibility................................................................32
Stakeholder Relationship Management.......................45
Steinberg, Howard M.....................................................40
Stephens, Timothy E......................................................15
Stevens, Robin C..............................................................9
Stewart, Karl...................................................................22
Stockley, Denise.............................................................36
Strategic Alliance Handbook, The.................................47
Strategic Project Risk Appraisal and Management.....41
Strategy Journeys.............................................................3
Strategy Mapping for Learning Organizations.............32
Styhre, Alexander.....................................................26, 37
Style, Charles..................................................................32
Successful Outsourcing and Multi-Sourcing...............47
Successful Supply Chain Vendor Compliance.............47
Supply Chain Visibility....................................................48
Sustainability in Project Management.........................41
Sustainable Governance in Hybrid Organizations......31
Sustainable Markets for Sustainable Business...........31
Sustainable Value Chain Management........................48
Sustaining Cultural Development.................................19
Swinfen Green, Jeremy.................................................12
Systems Leadership........................................................22
Systems Lifecycle Cost-Effectiveness...........................44

T
Taggart, Adrian...............................................................42
Talboys, Graeme K.........................................................19
Talking Safety ................................................................. 15
Talukder, Majharul............................................................9
Tame, Messy and Wicked Risk Leadership...................41
Tattam, David..................................................................13
Taylor, John Bernard......................................................17
Taylor, Peter...............................................................39, 45
Team Leadership in High-Hazard Environments.........14
Technology, Business and the Market............................8
Temporary Agency Work and Globalisation..................20
Territorial Development and Action Research...............9
Territories of Social Responsibility................................30
Thiel, Monica...................................................................27

Gower Business and Management Books 2015

Third Generation Leadership and the Locus of Control....29


Third Sector Performance...............................................18
Thiry, Michel....................................................................40
Thompson, Marjorie Ellis..............................................35
Thorpe, Richard..............................................................22
Threat Finance.................................................................16
Thuraisingham, Meena.................................................31
Thurman, Paul W............................................................32
Tickner, Peter..................................................................18
Time Series Analysis and Adjustment..........................10
Tomlins, Claire T..............................................................34
Tone From the Top, The...................................................27
Tong, Junie T................................................................... 4
Tools for Complex Projects.............................................45
Toplis, John.....................................................................21
Tovey, Mike....................................................................6, 7
Towards Organizational Fitness....................................21
Townsend, Andrew S.....................................................15
Transculturalism and Business in the BRIC States......3
Transformation Management..........................................4
Transforming Big Pharma..............................................37
Transforming Governance..............................................31
Travis, Frederick..............................................................27
Trevisan, Enrico...............................................................35
Trim, Peter.................................................................14, 15
Truel, Catherine..............................................................13
Trumper, Michael............................................................45
Trust in Virtual Teams.....................................................45
Turner, J Rodney.......................................................41, 43
Turner, Neil......................................................................38
Turner, Raymond...............................................................6
Tutchell, Eva....................................................................24
Tzortzi, Kali......................................................................19

U
Uhl, Axel ............................................................................8
Uncertainty, Diversity and The Common Good...........29
Understanding and Managing Risk Attitude...............16
Understanding & Negotiating EPC Contracts, Vol 1/2.....40
Understanding Creative Business..................................9
Upton, David...................................................................15
Uyan-Atay, Bilge.............................................................30

V
Validating Strategies.......................................................44
Value Creation and the Internet of Things...................33
Value-creation in Middle Market Private Equity...........10
Value Management.........................................................45
Value Trail, The.................................................................27
van den Brink, Jasper....................................................41
van Wulfen, Gijs................................................................7
Vanhamme, Jolle....................................................32, 48
Velvet Revolution at Work, The......................................23
Viljoen, Rica......................................................................4
Viner, Derek.....................................................................12
Vinhas da Silva, Rui.........................................................2
Virine, Lev........................................................................45

W
Wagner, Shannon...........................................................17
Wales, Tim.......................................................................26
Walton, Hilary.................................................................12
Wamukoya, Justus.........................................................18
Wang, Mingde.................................................................25
Ward, Sharon..................................................................12
Waring, Alan....................................................................15
Watts, Reginald...............................................................27
Wearne, Stephen............................................................41
Wears, Robert L..............................................................36
Weiss, Philip....................................................................22
Welcome to GoodCo........................................................27
West, David.....................................................................45
Whats Your Business?...................................................34
What the New Breed of CMOs Know That You Dont...35
Whelan, Jonathan..........................................................45
White-Hunt, Keith...........................................................41
Whiteley, Philip...............................................................30
Whittle, Susan Rosina.....................................................9
Why Customers Would Rather Have a Smartphone
than a Car......................................................................33
Wiggins, Bob...................................................................26
Willcock, David Ian........................................................21
Williams, Kevin...............................................................26
Williams, Tony.................................................................22
Wise, Thomas P.........................................................42, 45
Women and Entrepreneurship.........................................9
Women and Sustainability in Business..........................5
Women in Management Worldwide..............................24
Working at a Distance.....................................................21
Working Together.............................................................49
World of Workcraft............................................................20
Worley, Loyita..................................................................25
Wright, Marc....................................................................23

Y
Young, Warren L..............................................................10

Z
Zafar, Samee...................................................................11
Zan, Luca.........................................................................19
Zein, Omar.......................................................................39
Zipperer, Lorri..................................................................37

GOWER

Contacts and Customer Service


Ashgate Offices
Head Office

Gower Publishing Limited


Wey Court East, Union Road
Farnham, Surrey
GU9 7PT, UK
Telephone: +44 (0)1252 736600
Fax: +44 (0)1252 736736
Email: info@gowerpub.come

Sales/Customer Service
North and South America

Ashgate Publishing Company


Suite 3-1, 110 Cherry Street,
Burlington, VT 05401-3818,
USA
Telephone: +1 802 865-7641
Fax: +1 802 865-7847
Email: info@ashgate.com
Contact: Brandon DeCoff

Customers in regions not mentioned here should contact the


World Distribution office, or find us online at: www.gowerpublishing.com

World Distribution

North and South America

Latin America and


the Caribbean

Pakistan

Bookpoint Limited
Gower Publishing Direct Sales
130 Park Drive, Milton Park,
Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SE, UK
Direct Sales Tel: +44 (0)1235 827730
Direct Sales Fax: +44 (0)1235 400454
Trade Sales UK

Tel: +44 (0)1235 400580
Trade Sales UK

Fax: +44 (0)1235 400500
Trade Sales Export

Tel: +44 (0)1235 400573
Trade Sales Export

Fax: +44 (0)1235 400530
Email: gower@bookpoint.co.uk

Ashgate Publishing Company


PO Box 2225
Williston, VT 054952225
USA
Telephone: +1 800 535-9544
Fax: +1 802 864-7626
Orders: orders@ashgate.com
Customer Service: info@ashgate.com

Representatives and Agents


Africa (except South Africa
and North Africa)

IMA
14 York Rise
London NW5 1ST, UK
Telephone: +44 (0)20 7267 8054
Fax: +44 (0)20 7485 8462
Email: ima@moggach.demon.co.uk
Contact: Tony Moggach

Central and
Eastern Europe

Iran

Kowkab Publishers
P.O.Box 19575 511
Tehran, Iran
Telephone: (+98) 21 2583723
Fax: (+98) 21 2583723
Email: kowkabpub@tavana.net
Contact: Dr. A. Ghandi

Japan

Dr. Laszlo Horvath


Tinodi Utca 31
H-1047 Budapest
Hungary
Tel: 00-36-1-3703614
Fax:00-36-1-3795842
Email booksforeurope@gmail.com

United Publishers Services Limited


1-32-5 Higashi-shinagawa
Shinagawa-ku
Tokyo 140-0002
Japan
Telephone: +81 3 54797251
Fax: +81 3 54797307
Email: info@ups.co.jp

India

Korea

Maya Publishers PVT Limited


4821, Parwana Bhawan (3rd Floor)
24 Ansari Road, Daryaganj
New Delhi 110 002
India
Telephone: +91 11 64712521
Fax: +91 11 23243829
Email: surit@vsnl.com
Contact: Surit Mitra

ICK (Information & Culture Korea)


473-19 Seokyo-dong
Mapo-ku
Seoul
Korea 121-842
Telephone: +82 2 3141 4791
Fax: +82 2 3141 7733
Email: cs.ick@ick.co.kr
Contact: Se-Yung Jun

IMA Ltd (Inter Media Americana)


PO Box 8734
London
SE21 7ZF
UK
Tel: +44 (0)20 7274 7113
Fax: +44 (0)20 7274 7103
Email: david@intermediaamericana.com
Contact: David Williams

Book Bird
Lower Ground, 36B Abdalians Society
Nazria-e-Pakistan Ave
Near Shaukat Khanum Hospital
& Research
Lahore, Pakistan
Telephone: (+92) 42 35956200
Fax: (+92) 42 6361370
Email: anwer.bookbird@gmail.com
Contact: Anwer Iqbal

Malaysia (recommended supplier)

Philippines

YUHA Associates Sdn Bhd NO.17,


Jalan Bola Jaring
13/15 Seksyen 13, 40000 Shah Alam
Selangor Darul Ehsan
Malaysia
Telephone: +60 3 5511 9799
Fax: +60 3 5519 4677
E-mail: yuha_sb@tm.net.my
Contact: Ahmad Zahar Kamaruddin

CRW BOOKS PHILIPPINES


Marketing Service for Publishers, Inc
4 Topaz Road
Greenheights
Taytay, Rizal
Philippines 1920
Tel: +(632) 5848448 / (632 ) 6605480
Fax:+ (632) 213 0651
crwmarketing@pldtdsl.net
Contact: Tony Sagun

Please recycle this brochure.

Ordering Information
Save 10% on all orders when placed online*

UK and Rest of World

North and South America

Online:
Telephone:
Fax:
Email:
Mail to:

Online:
Telephone:
Fax:
Email:
Mail to:

www.gowerpublishing.com
+44 (0)1235 827730
+44 (0)1235 400454
gower@bookpoint.co.uk
Bookpoint Ltd,
Gower Publishing
Direct Sales, 130 Park Drive, Milton Park,
Abingdon, Oxon,
OX14 4SE

www.gowerpublishing.com
+1 800 535 9544
+1 802 864 7626
orders@ashgate.com
Ashgate Publishing Company,
PO BOX 2225,
Williston, VT 05495-2225,
USA

*Please note discount does not apply to ebooks


Prices, publication dates and contents are subject to change without notice. Details of forthcoming titles are necessarily provisional. We endeavour to despatch all orders within
5 working days. In the event a product is not available, your order will be recorded and the product despatched as soon as possible. Please do not send payment for titles with
approximate prices. Your order will be recorded and an invoice sent upon publication.

Gower Publishing Ltd, Wey Court East, Union Road, Farnham, Surrey, GU9 7PT, UK
Tel: +44 (0)1252 736600 Fax: +44 (0)1252 736736 E-mail: info@gowerpublishing.com Online: www.gowerpublishing.com
Gower Business and Management Books 2015

G15JMZ